Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, Verse 12
﴿وَلَكُمۡ نِصۡفُ مَا تَرَكَ أَزۡوَٰجُكُمۡ إِن لَّمۡ يَكُن لَّهُنَّ وَلَدٞۚ فَإِن كَانَ لَهُنَّ وَلَدٞ فَلَكُمُ ٱلرُّبُعُ مِمَّا تَرَكۡنَۚ مِنۢ بَعۡدِ وَصِيَّةٖ يُوصِينَ بِهَآ أَوۡ دَيۡنٖۚ وَلَهُنَّ ٱلرُّبُعُ مِمَّا تَرَكۡتُمۡ إِن لَّمۡ يَكُن لَّكُمۡ وَلَدٞۚ فَإِن كَانَ لَكُمۡ وَلَدٞ فَلَهُنَّ ٱلثُّمُنُ مِمَّا تَرَكۡتُمۚ مِّنۢ بَعۡدِ وَصِيَّةٖ تُوصُونَ بِهَآ أَوۡ دَيۡنٖۗ وَإِن كَانَ رَجُلٞ يُورَثُ كَلَٰلَةً أَوِ ٱمۡرَأَةٞ وَلَهُۥٓ أَخٌ أَوۡ أُخۡتٞ فَلِكُلِّ وَٰحِدٖ مِّنۡهُمَا ٱلسُّدُسُۚ فَإِن كَانُوٓاْ أَكۡثَرَ مِن ذَٰلِكَ فَهُمۡ شُرَكَآءُ فِي ٱلثُّلُثِۚ مِنۢ بَعۡدِ وَصِيَّةٖ يُوصَىٰ بِهَآ أَوۡ دَيۡنٍ غَيۡرَ مُضَآرّٖۚ وَصِيَّةٗ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِۗ وَٱللَّهُ عَلِيمٌ حَلِيمٞ ١٢﴾“And for you is half of what your wives leave if they have no child. But if they have a child, for you is one fourth of what they leave, after any bequest they [may have] made or debt. And for the wives is one fourth if you leave no child. But if you leave a child, then for them is an eighth of what you leave, after any bequest you [may have] made or debt. And if a man or woman leaves neither ascendants nor descendants but has a brother or a sister, then for each one of them is a sixth. But if they are more than two, they share a third, after any bequest which was made or debt, as long as there is no detriment [caused]. [This is] an ordinance from Allah, and Allah is Knowing and Forbearing.” (4:12)
Saheeh International
Choose how you want to read this verse. §
Read the verse’s central meaning in clear language. Begin here if this is your first serious encounter with the passage or you want a concise explanation before going further.
→Muslim readers, parents, and educatorsUnderstand the verse more fullyExplore the verse’s context, key words, themes, and explanation. This path is for personal study, family learning, teaching, and study circles.
→Readers seeking guidance for lifeSee the verse come to lifeDiscover the verse’s spiritual guidance, points for reflection, relevance to life, and answers to common misunderstandings. This path connects understanding with how the Qurʾān shapes belief, character, and action.
→Students and scholarsEnter the scholarly analysisStudy the verse through tafsīr, naḥw, ṣarf, balāgha, qirāʾāt, fiqh, transmitted reports, disagreements among scholars, and citations to the sources.
→Simple Explanation
1. Summary
Allah gives husbands and wives fixed shares of each other's estates. The share is smaller when the deceased leaves a child.[1] The verse also sets shares for eligible brothers and sisters who share the deceased's mother but not the father; they receive equal portions.[2] Debts and lawful bequests are settled before the inheritance is divided. No one may use a bequest to deprive the heirs of their rights. Allah knows what people do and does not hasten to punish those who disobey Him.[3]
2. Historical Context
Rights neglected by earlier custom. This verse continues the inheritance provisions introduced in 4:11. Marriage gives a husband and wife a right to inherit from one another, while kinship through the mother gives maternal siblings their prescribed shares. These provisions overturn customs that had denied inheritance to spouses and disregarded the mother's side of the family because it was the women's side (Ibn ʿĀshūr).[4] Some inheritance arrangements in the earliest Muslim community, including those based on alliance and emigration, were also later abrogated (Abū Ḥayyān).[5]
A dying man's concern for his wealth and his daughter. During the Farewell Pilgrimage, Saʿd b. Abī Waqqāṣ رضي الله عنه fell seriously ill in Mecca. He had wealth and one daughter, and asked the visiting Prophet ﷺ whether he could give away two thirds of his property. The answer was no. He asked about half, and again the answer was no. The Prophet ﷺ said:
الثُّلُثُ، وَالثُّلُثُ كَثِيرٌ، إِنَّكَ أَنْ تَذَرَ وَرَثَتَكَ أَغْنِيَاءَ خَيْرٌ مِنْ أَنْ تَذَرَهُمْ عَالَةً يَتَكَفَّفُونَ النَّاسَ “A third, and a third is much. It is better for you to leave your heirs well provided for than to leave them poor, begging from people.”[6]
The answer permitted a bequest while protecting the family who would remain. Another narration of Saʿd's account records that people thereafter made bequests of a third.[7]
Why kalālah received such close attention. Kalālah here concerns someone who leaves neither a child nor a father. To understand this inheritance case, the Companions considered the verse together with the provision at the end of the sūrah. Al-Barāʾ b. ʿĀzib رضي الله عنه reported that 4:176, the later kalālah verse, was the last verse revealed.[8] ʿUmar رضي الله عنه repeatedly asked the Prophet ﷺ about kalālah. On one occasion the Prophet ﷺ prodded him in the chest with his finger and directed him to that final verse:
يَا عُمَرُ، أَلَا تَكْفِيكَ آيَةُ الصَّيْفِ الَّتِي فِي آخِرِ سُورَةِ النِّسَاءِ؟ “ʿUmar, is the summer verse at the end of Sūrat al-Nisāʾ not enough for you?”[9]
Abū Bakr رضي الله عنه is reported to have defined kalālah as leaving neither a child nor a father. He presented this as his considered judgment, crediting Allah for any correctness and himself for any error. The same account relates ʿUmar's reluctance to differ from him.[10] Their explanations, the accounts of ʿUmar's final position, and the reasons for the definition are developed in Deeper Study, Question 2.
A ruling attributed to ʿUmar also gives maternal brothers and sisters equal shares.[11] The ordinary division and the more difficult case involving full siblings are explained in Deeper Study, Question 3.
3. Word-by-Word Analysis
Each word of the verse in order, with its root, its kind and its meaning.[12]
| Arabic | Transliteration | Root | Type | Meaning |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| وَلَكُمۡ | walakum | none | "and" + "for" + "you", the husbands | And for you |
| نِصۡفُ | niṣ'fu | ن-ص-ف | a fraction noun, "half of", joined to the word after it | (is) half |
| مَا | mā | none | "what", standing for the estate | (of) what |
| تَرَكَ | taraka | ت-ر-ك | a past-tense verb, "left" | (is) left |
| أَزۡوَٰجُكُمۡ | azwājukum | ز-و-ج | a plural noun + "your", "your wives" | by your wives |
| إِن | in | none | "if", a word that opens a condition | if |
| لَّمۡ | lam | none | a word of negation for what did not happen, "not" | not |
| يَكُن | yakun | ك-و-ن | a present-tense verb, made past by the word before it | is |
| لَّهُنَّ | lahunna | none | "for" + "them", the wives | for them |
| وَلَدٞۚ | waladun | و-ل-د | an indefinite noun, a child of either sex | a child |
| فَإِن | fa-in | none | "then" + "if" | But if |
| كَانَ | kāna | ك-و-ن | a past-tense verb, "there is", "they have" | is |
| لَهُنَّ | lahunna | none | "for" + "them", the wives | for them |
| وَلَدٞ | waladun | و-ل-د | an indefinite noun | a child |
| فَلَكُمُ | falakumu | none | "then" + "for" + "you" | then for you |
| ٱلرُّبُعُ | l-rubuʿu | ر-ب-ع | a definite fraction noun | (is) the fourth |
| مِمَّا | mimmā | none | "of" + "what", written as one word | of what |
| تَرَكۡنَۚ | tarakna | ت-ر-ك | a past-tense verb for a group of females, "they left" | they left |
| مِنۢ | min | none | a preposition, "from" | from |
| بَعۡدِ | baʿdi | ب-ع-د | a word of time, "after", joined to the word after it | after |
| وَصِيَّةٖ | waṣiyyatin | و-ص-ي | an indefinite noun | any will |
| يُوصِينَ | yūṣīna | و-ص-ي | a present-tense verb for a group of females, "they make", said of a bequest | they have made |
| بِهَآ | bihā | none | preposition + "it", the bequest | [for which] |
| أَوۡ | aw | none | a word of choice, "or" | or |
| دَيۡنٖۚ | daynin | د-ي-ن | an indefinite noun | any debt |
| وَلَهُنَّ | walahunna | none | "and" + "for" + "them", the wives | And for them |
| ٱلرُّبُعُ | l-rubuʿu | ر-ب-ع | a definite fraction noun | (is) the fourth |
| مِمَّا | mimmā | none | "of" + "what", written as one word | of what |
| تَرَكۡتُمۡ | taraktum | ت-ر-ك | a past-tense verb for a group, "you left" | you left |
| إِن | in | none | "if", a word that opens a condition | if |
| لَّمۡ | lam | none | a word of negation for what did not happen, "not" | not |
| يَكُن | yakun | ك-و-ن | a present-tense verb, made past by the word before it | is |
| لَّكُمۡ | lakum | none | "for" + "you" | for you |
| وَلَدٞۚ | waladun | و-ل-د | an indefinite noun | a child |
| فَإِن | fa-in | none | "then" + "if" | But if |
| كَانَ | kāna | ك-و-ن | a past-tense verb, "there is", "they have" | is |
| لَكُمۡ | lakum | none | "for" + "you" | for you |
| وَلَدٞ | waladun | و-ل-د | an indefinite noun | a child |
| فَلَهُنَّ | falahunna | none | "then" + "for" + "them", the wives | then for them |
| ٱلثُّمُنُ | l-thumunu | ث-م-ن | a definite fraction noun | (is) the eighth |
| مِمَّا | mimmā | none | "of" + "what", written as one word | of what |
| تَرَكۡتُمۚ | taraktum | ت-ر-ك | a past-tense verb for a group, "you left" | you left |
| مِّنۢ | min | none | a preposition, "from" | from |
| بَعۡدِ | baʿdi | ب-ع-د | a word of time, "after", joined to the word after it | after |
| وَصِيَّةٖ | waṣiyyatin | و-ص-ي | an indefinite noun | any will |
| تُوصُونَ | tūṣūna | و-ص-ي | a present-tense verb for a group, "you make", said of a bequest | you have made |
| بِهَآ | bihā | none | preposition + "it", the bequest | [for which] |
| أَوۡ | aw | none | a word of choice, "or" | or |
| دَيۡنٖۗ | daynin | د-ي-ن | an indefinite noun | any debt |
| وَإِن | wa-in | none | "and" + "if" | And if |
| كَانَ | kāna | ك-و-ن | a past-tense verb, "there is" | [is] |
| رَجُلٞ | rajulun | ر-ج-ل | an indefinite noun, "a man" | a man |
| يُورَثُ | yūrathu | و-ر-ث | a present-tense verb in the passive, "is inherited from" | (whose wealth) is to be inherited |
| كَلَٰلَةً | kalālatan | ك-ل-ل | an indefinite noun naming a state, one who leaves neither child nor father | (has) no father or child |
| أَوِ | awi | none | a word of choice, "or" | or |
| ٱمۡرَأَةٞ | im'ra-atun | م-ر-أ | an indefinite noun, "a woman" | a woman |
| وَلَهُۥٓ | walahu | none | "and" + "for" + "him", the one inherited from | and for him |
| أَخٌ | akhun | أ-خ-و | an indefinite noun, "a brother" | (is) a brother |
| أَوۡ | aw | none | a word of choice, "or" | or |
| أُخۡتٞ | ukh'tun | أ-خ-و | an indefinite noun in the feminine, "a sister" | a sister |
| فَلِكُلِّ | falikulli | ك-ل-ل | "then" + "for" + a noun, "each", joined to the word after it | then for each |
| وَٰحِدٖ | wāḥidin | و-ح-د | an indefinite noun, "one" | one |
| مِّنۡهُمَا | min'humā | none | preposition + "them", the two | of (the) two |
| ٱلسُّدُسُۚ | l-sudusu | س-د-س | a definite fraction noun | (is) the sixth |
| فَإِن | fa-in | none | "then" + "if" | But if |
| كَانُوٓاْ | kānū | ك-و-ن | a past-tense verb for a group, "they are" | they are |
| أَكۡثَرَ | akthara | ك-ث-ر | a word of comparison, "more" | more |
| مِن | min | none | a preposition, here "than" | than |
| ذَٰلِكَ | dhālika | none | "that", pointing to the one brother or sister | that |
| فَهُمۡ | fahum | none | "then" + "they" | then they |
| شُرَكَآءُ | shurakāu | ش-ر-ك | an indefinite plural noun, "partners" | (are) partners |
| فِي | fī | none | a preposition, "in" | in |
| ٱلثُّلُثِۚ | l-thuluthi | ث-ل-ث | a definite fraction noun | the third |
| مِنۢ | min | none | a preposition, "from" | from |
| بَعۡدِ | baʿdi | ب-ع-د | a word of time, "after", joined to the word after it | after |
| وَصِيَّةٖ | waṣiyyatin | و-ص-ي | an indefinite noun | any will |
| يُوصَىٰ | yūṣā | و-ص-ي | a present-tense verb in the passive, "is made", said of a bequest | was made |
| بِهَآ | bihā | none | preposition + "it", the bequest | [for which] |
| أَوۡ | aw | none | a word of choice, "or" | or |
| دَيۡنٍ | daynin | د-ي-ن | an indefinite noun | any debt |
| غَيۡرَ | ghayra | غ-ي-ر | a noun of exception, "not", "other than", joined to the word after it | without |
| مُضَآرّٖۚ | muḍārrin | ض-ر-ر | a describing word naming the doer, "one who harms" | (being) harmful |
| وَصِيَّةٗ | waṣiyyatan | و-ص-ي | an indefinite noun, here said of a charge from Allah | An ordinance |
| مِّنَ | mina | none | a preposition, "from" | from |
| ٱللَّهِۗ | l-lahi | none | the divine name | Allah |
| وَٱللَّهُ | wal-lahu | none | "and" + the divine name | And Allah |
| عَلِيمٌ | ʿalīmun | ع-ل-م | a describing word in an intensive form | (is) All-Knowing |
| حَلِيمٞ | ḥalīmun | ح-ل-م | a describing word in an intensive form | All-Forbearing |
4. Understanding the Verse
﴿وَلَكُمۡ نِصۡفُ مَا تَرَكَ أَزۡوَٰجُكُمۡ﴾ “and for you is half of what your wives leave.” (4:12)
Marriage gives each spouse a right to inherit from the other. The amount depends on whether the deceased leaves a child. A son and a daughter have the same effect on the spouse's share, and a child from an earlier marriage counts too. Descendants through sons can also reduce the share. If a man leaves more than one wife, they divide the wives' portion equally; each wife does not receive a separate quarter or eighth.[13]
| Surviving spouse | If the deceased leaves no qualifying child | If the deceased leaves a qualifying child |
|---|---|---|
| Husband | Half | A quarter |
| Wife, or all the wives together | A quarter | An eighth |
Here, “qualifying child” includes a son or daughter entitled to inherit, and an inheriting descendant through sons. Deeper Study, Question 1 explains the descendant rules and the further questions arising from marriage and divorce.
﴿وَإِن كَانَ رَجُلٞ يُورَثُ كَلَٰلَةً أَوِ ٱمۡرَأَةٞ﴾ “and if a man or woman is inherited from in a case of kalālah.” (4:12)
The verse next considers inheritance when the deceased leaves neither a child nor a father. For the maternal siblings discussed here, a descendant through sons or a paternal grandfather also prevents their inheritance. A surviving mother does not: these siblings can inherit alongside the mother they share with the deceased.[14]
Why is the father's absence part of the rule? The inheritance provisions must be considered together. The parents have already received their shares in 4:11, and a surviving father prevents the siblings from inheriting. Kalālah introduces the different family circumstances in which the siblings may receive a share. The fuller evidence and the uses of the word are explained in Deeper Study, Question 2.[15]
﴿وَلَهُۥٓ أَخٌ أَوۡ أُخۡتٞ﴾ “and he has a brother or a sister.” (4:12)
These are siblings through the mother alone, not full siblings or siblings through the father. One takes a sixth. If there are two or more, they share a third equally, whether they are men, women, or both. Unlike the rule for sons and daughters, a maternal brother does not receive twice a maternal sister's portion.[16]
| Maternal siblings entitled to inherit | Their share |
|---|---|
| One brother or one sister | A sixth |
| Two or more | A third divided equally among them |
The special case in which both maternal and full siblings survive is examined in Deeper Study, Question 3.[17]
﴿مِنۢ بَعۡدِ وَصِيَّةٖ يُوصَىٰ بِهَآ أَوۡ دَيۡنٍ غَيۡرَ مُضَآرّٖۚ﴾ “after a bequest that is made, or a debt, without causing harm.” (4:12)
The estate is not ready for distribution merely because the heirs have been identified. Debts must be paid and lawful bequests carried out first. The additional words “without causing harm” forbid using these arrangements to take away the heirs' rights.[18]
A fictitious debt, for example, would make money appear to belong to a creditor when it should pass to the heirs. A bequest can likewise deprive them of their rights by exceeding the permitted third or favouring an heir outside the prescribed division. Even a bequest within the third is invalid when the intention to harm is clearly established. The evidence, qualifications and alternative legal position are developed in Deeper Study, Question 4.[19]
﴿وَصِيَّةٗ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِۗ وَٱللَّهُ عَلِيمٌ حَلِيمٞ﴾ “a charge from Allah, and Allah is Knowing and Forbearing.” (4:12)
These shares are Allah's command, not a family preference that may be ignored. He knows what is owed to each person and any attempt to deprive them of it. Yet He does not hasten punishment: the wrongdoer has an opportunity to repent. His forbearance is a reason to turn back, not a reason to continue the wrong.[20]
5. Thematic Connections in the Qurʾān
Read the inheritance provisions together: 4:11, 4:12 and 4:176. The previous verse gives the shares of children and parents. This verse adds spouses and maternal siblings. The final verse of the sūrah deals with full or paternal siblings instead. The different fractions for siblings are therefore not contradictory: the two passages concern different family relationships.[21]
A sermon attributed to Abū Bakr رضي الله عنه places these provisions side by side and connects them with the priority of blood relatives in 8:75. It presents the inheritance laws as related parts of one arrangement, rather than isolated fractions.[22]
Bequests and fixed inheritance: 2:180. Sūrat al-Baqarah commands a bequest to parents and close relatives when death approaches. The later inheritance provisions determine what an heir receives; a person cannot replace that allocation with a different one in a will. The Prophet ﷺ said:
إِنَّ اللهَ قَدْ أَعْطَى كُلَّ ذِي حَقٍّ حَقَّهُ، وَلَا وَصِيَّةَ لِوَارِثٍ “Allah has given everyone entitled to a right his right, and there is no bequest for an heir.”[23]
The relationship between the texts is explained in two ways. Some scholars describe the earlier bequest obligation as abrogated; others explain that heirs are excluded from it while the obligation remains for close relatives who do not inherit. Both explanations distinguish an heir's fixed share from a bequest to someone outside that division.[24]
The warning immediately afterward: 4:13–14. The next two verses call these commands Allah's limits, promise Paradise for obedience and warn of the Fire for disobedience. Ibn ʿAbbās رضي الله عنهما applied both the promise and the warning to conduct concerning bequests.[25] Allah’s forbearance must not be mistaken for permission to disregard His commands (al-Biqāʿī).[26]
6. Gems and Subtleties
Gem 1
The marriage is remembered when its rights are fulfilled.
The verse says نِصْفُ مَا تَرَكَ أَزْوَاجُكُمْ, “half of what your wives leave.” The verse names the deceased woman by what she had been during her life: his wife. That marriage is the reason he inherits from her. The wording recalls the marriage as it establishes the right that follows from it.[27]
Gem 2
Knowing before Forbearing.
The verse closes وَاللَّهُ عَلِيمٌ حَلِيمٌ, “and Allah is Knowing and Forbearing,” and the order of the two names is deeply significant. No harm hidden in a bequest escapes Allah’s knowledge. Yet the verse follows His knowledge with forbearance, not immediate punishment. The wrongdoer has time to turn back, not permission to continue. And the warning does not close the door of pardon: Allah may pardon whom He wills.[28]
Gem 3
A smaller share can reflect a greater need elsewhere.
When a wife leaves a child, her husband's half becomes a quarter: فَإِنْ كَانَ لَهُنَّ وَلَدٌ فَلَكُمُ الرُّبُعُ, “but if they have a child, then for you is the quarter.” The change does not diminish his place as her husband. Children also have claims upon what their mother leaves. Reducing his share leaves more of the estate for the family she leaves behind, including children who need to be fed and housed.[29]
Gem 4
Her wealth is her own.
The verse speaks of مِنْ بَعْدِ وَصِيَّةٍ يُوصِينَ بِهَا أَوْ دَيْنٍ, “after any bequest they make, or a debt.” A wife makes a bequest from her own property, and her debts are paid from that property, just as her husband's are from his. Marriage does not make her wealth his. Within the lawful limits on giving, she can give from it without first obtaining his permission, and her dower remains hers to keep or give away.[30]
7. Contemporary Applications
Plan a bequest without replacing the heirs' shares. A parent may want to reward the child who provided years of care, protect a widow, or leave money to a charitable cause. Those wishes need to be considered alongside the rights Allah has already assigned. A bequest, or waṣiyyah, is a gift that takes effect at death. It normally goes to someone who is not an heir and must stay within a third of the estate available after debts. A person cannot unilaterally enlarge one heir's share or give away what belongs to the others.[31]
Nor must everyone give away the full third. When the heirs are poor, their needs are a reason to leave more for them. The earlier counsel about a quarter or a fifth helps a person consider those needs instead of treating the maximum as a target.[32] Have the proposed bequest checked together with the inheritance shares, rather than preparing the two as unrelated gifts.
Check what the documents actually arrange. Include joint accounts, jointly owned property and beneficiary designations when reviewing an estate plan. The question is not merely whose name appears, but what that person owns or has been authorized to receive. In one question put to Islamweb, a widow had received a million-dollar insurance payment and asked whether it belonged to her. The answer understood her to be collecting money on behalf of the heirs. On that understanding, it belonged to them, not to her alone. The answer also limited what they could retain from that policy to the amount the deceased had paid into it.[33] Take the actual documents to a qualified scholar and an estate-planning professional; do not assume that one answer settles every type of account or policy.
A genuine gift completed during life is different from a bequest. But writing “sale” or “gift” on a document does not make a sham transfer lawful. The Permanent Committee permits a completed gift in the case it discusses when possession is transferred and the purpose is not to deprive other heirs. It forbids a fictitious sale designed to exclude them.[34] The practical question is therefore both what the arrangement does and whether it is being used to take away someone else's right.
Do not leave obligations undocumented. A family may know that a will exists but not where it is, or may know nothing about an unpaid debt or property held for someone else. Written instructions help those left behind fulfil these responsibilities. The Prophet ﷺ said:
مَا حَقُّ امرئٍ مسلمٍ يبيتُ ليلتَيْنِ وله شيءٌ يُوصِي فيهِ، إلَّا وَوَصيَّتُهُ مكتوبةٌ عندَهُ “It is not right for a Muslim who has something to bequeath to pass two nights without his bequest written beside him.”[35]
Ibn ʿUmar رضي الله عنهما said that after hearing this, no night passed without his will at hand.[36] Record debts, property entrusted to you and any intended lawful bequest. Have the arrangements checked for both their Islamic requirements and their legal effect where you live, and tell the responsible person where to find them.
Establish the debts before distributing the inheritance. A quick division of an estate can leave a family trying to recover money when an unpaid loan or another creditor's claim becomes known. The repeated words مِنْ بَعْدِ وَصِيَّةٍ يُوصَى بِهَا أَوْ دَيْنٍ, “after any bequest that is made, or a debt,” mean that the quoted fractions are not a direction to divide the entire balance immediately. Debts take priority over discretionary bequests, and both precede the heirs' division.[37] Before handing out shares, establish what the deceased owed and what can lawfully be given.
8. Common Misconceptions
Wrong: Wrong: “A wife inherits only if the marriage was consummated.”
Correct: Correct: A valid marriage contract establishes the right to inherit. Living together and consummating the marriage are not additional conditions.[38]
Wrong: Wrong: “The different sibling shares in 4:12 and 4:176 contradict one another.”
Correct: Correct: The verses concern different family relationships. This verse assigns shares to siblings through the mother alone. Verse 4:176 concerns full siblings and siblings through the father. Different relatives have different entitlements.[39]
Wrong: Wrong: “A father can use his will to increase his daughter's inheritance share.”
Correct: Correct: A daughter is already an heir. Her father cannot add to her share by taking away the rights of the other heirs. The cited fatwa distinguishes this prohibited bequest from an arrangement the other legally competent adult heirs freely authorize; their consent is not his to presume.[40]
Wrong: Wrong: “Having no children means I can leave the whole estate to whomever I choose.”
Correct: Correct: Someone without children may still have heirs, such as a spouse, parents or siblings. Where there are heirs, a bequest to a non-heir is limited to a third unless the legally competent adult heirs authorize the excess. Their rights do not disappear because the deceased had no children.[41]
Wrong: Wrong: “Brothers and sisters inherit even when the deceased's father is alive.”
Correct: Correct: A surviving father excludes the deceased's brothers and sisters from inheritance. The relevant time is the deceased's death; the father's later death does not reopen that earlier division.[42]
9. Points for Reflection
- What would your present arrangements leave to your spouse? Have you checked them against the share the verse assigns?
- Have you counted every relevant family relationship, including children from an earlier marriage and siblings through the mother?
- Is any planned gift or bequest intended to care for someone, or to punish another person by depriving them?
- Could the person responsible for your estate find a reliable record of your debts and obligations?
- When deciding how much to bequeath, have you considered the needs of those who will remain?
Deeper Study for Specialists
1. The Questions This Verse Raises
The five questions distinguish the prescribed shares from the disputes about their application and the warning against harming the heirs.
| Question | Main issue | Practical or interpretive consequence | Conclusion |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1. Spouses’ shares | Which descendants reduce a spouse’s share, and how do several wives inherit? | The qualifying child need not be from the surviving spouse’s marriage. | A husband receives a half or a quarter; a wife receives a quarter or an eighth. Several wives share the wives’ allocation. |
| 2. The meaning of kalālah | The absence of child and father, and whom the noun describes | Determines when the maternal-sibling provision applies; the noun’s grammatical referent is a separate question. | The definition followed excludes child and father. Maternal siblings are also excluded by a paternal grandfather or descendants through sons, but not by the mother. |
| 3. Maternal siblings and the shared case | Ordinary equal shares, then whether full brothers may join the maternal siblings when no remainder is left | The exceptional case changes who receives part of the maternal siblings’ third. | One maternal sibling receives a sixth; two or more share a third equally. Al-Saʿdī and al-Shawkānī prefer not admitting the full brothers; Mālik and al-Shāfiʿī allow sharing. |
| 4. Harmful bequests | Prohibited conduct, proof of intent and the bequest’s legal effect | A bequest within a third may still be intended to deprive the heirs. | The conclusion followed refuses execution once harmful intent is established, not on suspicion alone. The opposing legal arguments remain explained. |
| 5. Allah’s charge, knowledge and forbearance | Why these expressions close the inheritance directions | The shares are binding; concealed harm is known to Allah, and delayed punishment is not permission to continue. | Forbearance gives time to repent. Whether pardon is included in the name’s meaning is explained differently by ʿAbduh and Abū Ḥayyān. |
Q1. What shares do spouses receive, and what does وَلَدٌ, "a child", include?
The verse assigns four fractions to the spouses, with each share hinging on one word, وَلَدٌ (walad), "a child". The husband takes half of what his wife leaves if she has no child and a quarter if she has one; the wife takes a quarter if her husband has no child and an eighth if he has one. None of the four is in question. The central issue to resolve is the exact scope of the word, who the child is whose presence halves a spouse's share, and with it what makes a woman a wife for the purpose of the verse, whether several wives multiply their share or divide it, and why the husband's portion is twice the wife's.
| Surviving spouse | No qualifying child survives the deceased | A qualifying child survives the deceased | How the share is divided |
|---|---|---|---|
| Husband | One half | One quarter | The husband receives the stated fraction. |
| Wife or wives | One quarter | One eighth | The wives divide the single quarter or eighth equally; each does not receive a separate fraction. |
Here, a qualifying child means a son or daughter eligible to inherit, or a descendant through sons who has the same effect on the spouse's share. A child from any marriage counts. Under the ruling explained below, a descendant through a daughter does not reduce the share.
The verse explicitly dictates the fractions. The verse speaks to the husbands and gives the four fractions itself: to you belongs half of what your wives leave if they have no child and a quarter if they have one, and to them a quarter of what you leave if you have no child and an eighth if you have one. An early commentary specifies both the timing and the condition: half of the estate if they leave no child—male or female—on the day of death, and an eighth for the wives regardless of whether the surviving children are one or many (al-Ṭabarī).[43] These four shares are established by explicit text and unanimous agreement, requiring no secondary derivation. The remaining wealth passes to the other heirs; Abū al-Suʿūd also mentions the public treasury when no other heir exists.[44] The question is therefore which children reduce the spouse’s share.
Any child, of either sex and by any marriage. The word includes a son and a daughter alike, and one child as much as many, because وَلَدٌ means one who is born and the verse before this one has just spoken of the children as "the male" and "the female" (Ibn ʿUthaymīn).[45] It includes a child of the wife by an earlier husband as much as a child by this one, because the verse conditions the half on "if they have no child" and not on "if you have none": the child is hers, whoever its father was (al-Ālūsī). This interpretation was already established among the Successors, who understood the clause to mean any child by the husband she leaves behind or by another (Saʿīd b. Jubayr). The same is true of the husband, whose child by any wife reduces the widow to the eighth.[46] The child must also be one who inherits, since the child whose presence reduces the spouse's portion must be an eligible heir, and one barred from the inheritance does not lower a spouse's share (al-Jaṣṣāṣ).[47]
The son's child in the son's place, and not the daughter's. The son's child stands in the son's place however far down, and the daughter's child does not. The reason stems from both the language and the law. The word applies to any inheriting child, whether a direct descendant or through the male line however far down, male or female, one or many, by any marriage, since the term covers them all comprehensively (Abū al-Suʿūd). And the son's child inherits in the son's place, so that a husband whose wife leaves a son's son does not take the half, because the sons' children are as the children of the loins (Ibn ʿUthaymīn); and the scholars agree on this too.[48] A daughter’s child does not reduce the spouse’s share under the ruling adopted here (al-Saʿdī).[49] A different position is attributed to Ibn ʿAbbās رضي الله عنهما: a grandchild does not reduce the spouse’s share. It is recorded by al-Ālūsī and Rashīd Riḍā, while Riḍā identifies the inclusion of descendants through sons as the majority position followed in practice.[50]
What makes a woman a wife. A valid marriage contract establishes inheritance rights even before consummation. The verse says “your wives”, and the valid contract is what makes her a wife (al-Ālūsī, Ibn ʿUthaymīn).[51]
Divorce requires a further distinction. If the divorce is revocable and the husband dies during the wife’s waiting period, she still inherits because the marriage remains in force. An irrevocable divorce normally ends mutual inheritance. But where a husband uses such a divorce during a life-threatening illness to deprive his wife of inheritance, her right may remain. Under the ruling explained by Ibn ʿUthaymīn, she inherits if he dies of that illness, even after her waiting period has ended, provided she has not remarried or done something incompatible with the marriage, such as apostasy. The suspicion of deliberate deprivation matters: if the separation was at her own request, this exception does not apply.
The conditions differ among the cited authorities. The Ḥanafī treatment in Maʿārif al-Qurʾān limits the right to a death within her waiting period. The Mudawwana preserves a broader Mālikī treatment: she inherits when he divorces her in the qualifying illness and dies of it, even in the case discussed there in which she has remarried.[52]
Several wives share one share. When a man leaves multiple wives—whether two, three, or four—they equally divide the quarter or the eighth; the share itself does not multiply. The verse allocates a single portion to the wives collectively, making no legal distinction between one wife and several, unlike its explicit differentiation between one daughter and two, or one sister and two (al-Qurṭubī).[53] A second reason relates to the husband's discretion: the number of wives is within his direct control. If their share multiplied with their number, a husband could intentionally deplete the estate to harm the other heirs, whereas the number of daughters and sisters is beyond his choice (Ibn ʿĀshūr).[54] A third rationale is that the law's normative baseline is a single wife, and exceptional cases do not generate independent rulings (Rashīd Riḍā).[55] The commentators record this shared distribution as the explicit ruling of the verse, noting that it is entirely undisputed.[56]
Why the husband takes twice what the wife takes, and why the spouses come here. The husband's double share extends the rule from the previous verse, 'for the male the like of the portion of two females', directly to the spouses (al-Nasafī).[57] The rationale of the rule is the man's heavier financial responsibility. Since marriage creates bonds of affection and support akin to blood relations, the law treats spousal inheritance like kinship inheritance, but doubles the husband's portion to offset his mandatory duties of financial maintenance and protection (Ibn Rajab).[58] The comparison is with a man and woman who share both the same line and the same degree of relationship, not with any male and female heir. Even there, the two-to-one pattern has exceptions: maternal siblings and male or female emancipators can receive equal shares (al-Ālūsī).[59] Ibn Kamāl notes that parents also belong among these cases of equality, pointing out their omission from the shorter list.[60]
The spouses are placed between the children and the kalāla because the Qurʾān orders heirs by their proximity to the deceased. Those joined to him without an intermediary by birth come first, those joined to him by marriage next, and those joined to him through another, which is the kalāla, last. Thus, the marital bond is deliberately positioned after parents and children but before extended kinship (al-Rāzī, with Abū Ḥayyān and al-Biqāʿī after him).[61] Before Islam the spouses inherited nothing from each other, so the verse therefore gives a marital right denied during the Jāhiliyya (Ibn ʿĀshūr).[62]
The position of the maternal siblings makes a further point. Among the siblings, those related through the mother are addressed here before the full and paternal siblings discussed at the end of the sūrah. Giving attention to the weaker maternal connection challenges the injustice of excluding women from inheritance (al-Biqāʿī).[63]
The bequest clause is repeated because each part concerns a different person’s estate: parents and children in 4:11, then the wife, the husband and the person who leaves kalālah heirs in 4:12 (al-Nasafī).[64] Its first occurrence here, after the husband’s share of his wife’s estate, has a particular significance. مِنْ بَعْدِ وَصِيَّةٍ يُوصِينَ بِهَا أَوْ دَيْنٍ, “after any bequest they make or debt”, recognizes her own right to make a bequest and incur debt. Her husband inherits only after those claims have been met; marriage does not erase her separate financial rights (Ibn ʿĀshūr).[65]
Conclusion: The husband takes half if his wife leaves no child, and a quarter if she does; the wife takes a quarter if her husband leaves no child, and an eighth if he does, which multiple wives share equally. The child whose presence reduces these shares is a son or daughter eligible to inherit, or a descendant through sons in their place, from any marriage. Descendants through daughters do not reduce the spouse’s share under this ruling.
And Allah knows best.
Q2. What does كَلَالَةً mean, and whom does it describe?
1. What kalālah means here
The maternal brother and sister receive the shares stated here only in a kalālah inheritance. Before calculating those shares, therefore, we need to know which relatives the deceased has left. The principal disagreement is whether the absence of a child is enough, or whether the father must also have died.
Parents and grandparents are a person's ascendants; children and grandchildren are descendants. Brothers, sisters, uncles, nephews and cousins belong to other branches of the family. They are called collateral relatives, or الحَوَاشِي: neither person descends from the other, although they share an ancestor. A brother, for example, is related through a shared parent, not because one brother is descended from the other. Ibn ʿUthaymīn illustrates kalālah inheritance with a person whose heirs are brothers, paternal uncles, brothers' sons or paternal uncles' sons.[66]
Those examples explain the wider term. This verse concerns one particular group: brothers and sisters who share the deceased's mother but not the father. The kalālah provision at the end of the sūrah concerns full or paternal siblings instead. Their shares are different (Mālik).[67]
For the maternal siblings here, a surviving son or daughter, descendants through sons, a father or a paternal grandfather prevents their inheritance. A surviving mother does not. They may inherit alongside the very mother through whom they are related. Ibn Kathīr expressly makes this distinction. Ibn ʿUthaymīn likewise explains that the excluded ascendants are male: female ascendants do not prevent maternal siblings from inheriting.[68]
| Principal definition | Must there be no surviving child? | Must there be no surviving father? | Consequence in this verse | Who holds this definition |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Neither child nor father survives | Yes | Yes | Maternal siblings inherit subject to the descendant and grandfather limits explained above. | The Ḥanafīs; al-Ṭabarī, al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Ibn Kathīr, al-Qurṭubī, al-Rāzī, Ibn ʿAṭiyya, Abū Ḥayyān, al-Khāzin, Ibn al-ʿArabī, Ibn Rajab, al-Zajjāj, al-Wāḥidī, Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Zuḥaylī, al-Shanqīṭī, al-Shawkānī, al-Saʿdī and Ibn ʿUthaymīn.[69] |
| No child survives | Yes | Not by this definition alone | A report allows maternal siblings a sixth alongside both parents. | Attributed to Ibn ʿAbbās; al-Jaṣṣāṣ rejects that ruling as shādhdh, an exceptional position.[70] |
This alternative produces material legal consequences and cannot be treated as a mere difference in expression. A separate dispute concerns what the noun describes: the deceased, the heirs or their relationship. That question is considered after the evidence for the inheritance condition.
2. The evidence for the principal definitions
The argument from the two inheritance verses begins with إِنِ امْرُؤٌ هَلَكَ لَيْسَ لَهُ وَلَدٌ وَلَهُ أُخْتٌ, “If a man dies, having no child, and he has a sister” (4:176). Only the child is expressly excluded. Al-Rāzī records this as the argument for the child-only definition.[71]
The answer depends on the rest of the inheritance provisions. The same verse gives the sister a half and, in the reverse case, makes the brother his sister's heir. A surviving father would prevent those siblings from inheriting. Thus the family circumstances presupposed by the ruling exclude the father as well as the child (al-Rāzī). In 4:11, the parents' inheritance is described even when siblings are present: the siblings reduce the mother's share, but are not themselves given a share alongside the father. Al-Jaṣṣāṣ uses that provision to explain why the father's absence is required even though 4:176 expressly mentions only the child's.[72]
The order of the legislation gives a further reason. Children and parents have already received their provisions; kalālah introduces a different family situation. Ibn ʿĀshūr gives this contrast as his reason for preferring the majority definition.[73]
Jābir's circumstances provide a concrete example: he had neither child nor father, his father having died at Uḥud. Abū Ḥayyān cites his case, and Muḥammad b. Naṣr al-Marwazī uses it in explaining kalālah. It illustrates the definition in an actual inheritance question; Jābir's circumstances are not an exhaustive definition of the word.[74]
The evidence can be compared as follows:
| Evidence | Scholar using it | Reasoning | Conclusion or qualification |
|---|---|---|---|
| “Having no child” in 4:176 | The child-only argument recorded by al-Rāzī | The stated exclusion names a child, not a father. | Supports the narrower definition; the answer considers the sibling shares and the other inheritance provisions. |
| Sibling inheritance in 4:176, considered with the parents' provision in 4:11 | Al-Rāzī; al-Jaṣṣāṣ | The father prevents the siblings from inheriting; their stated shares therefore presuppose his absence. | Excludes both child and father. |
| Kalālah follows the provisions for children and parents | Ibn ʿĀshūr | The new provision describes a case different from those already explained. | His explicit preference is the majority definition. |
| A paternal grandfather prevents maternal siblings from inheriting | Ibn al-ʿArabī | The grandfather is an ancestor in the direct family line, as the father is. | Supports excluding the father from this kalālah case.[75] |
| Jābir's circumstances when the later inheritance verse addressed his case | Abū Ḥayyān; Muḥammad b. Naṣr al-Marwazī | He had neither child nor father; his father had died at Uḥud. | A practical example of the definition, rather than an exhaustive statement of its conditions. |
| Language and poetic usage | Al-Rāzī; al-Zajjāj; al-Jaṣṣāṣ | Kinship beside the direct family line is contrasted with descent through fathers and children. | Their arguments are developed below; they do not all explain the word's history in the same way. |
The disagreement over the grandfather extends beyond this verse. Al-Jaṣṣāṣ discusses whether full or paternal siblings may inherit with him and argues that he should be treated like the father. The narrower point relevant here is that maternal siblings do not inherit alongside the paternal grandfather; his wider conclusion about other siblings belongs to that further legal dispute.[76]
3. The role of language and poetry
Kinship around the direct family line. The wreath explanation relates kalālah to الإِكْلِيل, a wreath or crown surrounding the head. Parents and children form the direct line; other relatives are connected around it. This is the explanation Ibn Kathīr and al-Shawkānī use, and the image behind Ibn ʿUthaymīn's examples above. Al-Rāzī illustrates direct descent with an unnamed poet's line:
نَسَبٌ تَتَابَعَ كَابِرًا عَنْ كَابِرٍ كَالرُّمْحِ أُنْبُوبًا عَلَى أُنْبُوب “A lineage continuing, elder after elder, like a spear, joint upon joint.”
The connected joints picture one generation descending from another. Brothers, sisters, uncles and aunts are related through that family line but are not ancestors or descendants of one another (al-Rāzī).[77]
There is also a proposed linguistic explanation for excluding the child alone. A child comes from the deceased and may be described as part of him; his father does not come from him. Al-Jaṣṣāṣ suggests that this may explain the narrower interpretation, although he himself argues for excluding both father and child.[78]
Weariness and more distant kinship. Another derivation begins with الكَلَال, weariness. The ordinary meaning appears in al-Aʿshā's description of driving his camel onward:
فَآلَيْتُ لَا أَرْثِي لَهَا مِنْ كَلَالَةٍ وَلَا مِنْ حَفِيٍّ حَتَّى أُلَاقِي مُحَمَّدَا “I swore I would not pity her for weariness, nor for sore feet, until I meet Muḥammad.”
Here kalālah means exhaustion (Ibn ʿĀshūr).[79] The application to kinship compares an indirect connection with the closer bond of parent and child. Muftī Muḥammad Shafīʿ develops this explanation from al-Ālūsī: kalālah names the relationship outside the father–son bond, described as weaker by comparison.[80] Al-Shanqīṭī records this derivation alongside the wreath explanation; he also records a derivation from الكَلّ, “the back”: kalālah is what the deceased leaves behind him.[81] Another family image describes father and child as a person's two ends: when neither survives, those two ends of the direct line are gone (Ibn Qutayba, Thaʿlab).[82]
Descent from fathers rather than other relatives. Al-Farazdaq praises an inheritance of honour:
وَرِثْتُمْ قَنَاةَ الْمَجْدِ لَا عَنْ كَلَالَةٍ عَنِ ابْنَيْ مَنَافٍ عَبْدِ شَمْسٍ وَهَاشِم “You inherited the spear of glory not through a kalālah, but from the two sons of Manāf, ʿAbd Shams and Hāshim.”
The honour comes through fathers rather than brothers and uncles. Al-Jaṣṣāṣ explains the contrast in those terms, and al-Rāzī uses it as evidence that the father is not included in kalālah.[83]
An unnamed poet makes a similar distinction through the protection relatives give:
وَإِنَّ أَبَا الْمَرْءِ أَحْمَى لَهُ وَمَوْلَى الْكَلَالَةِ لَا يَغْضَب “A man's father is fiercer in his defence, while his collateral kinsman does not grow angry for him.”
Al-Zajjāj cites the contrast as linguistic evidence that the father is not a kalālah relative.[84]
Was the term used before Islam? Al-Jaṣṣāṣ says it was and cites ʿĀmir b. al-Ṭufayl:
فَإِنِّي وَإِنْ كُنْت ابْنَ فَارِسِ عَامِرٍ وَفِي السِّرِّ مِنْهَا وَالصَّرِيحِ الْمُهَذَّبِ فَمَا سَوَّدَتْنِي عَامِرٌ عَنْ كَلَالَةٍ أَبَى اللَّهُ أَنْ أَسْمُوَ بِأُمٍّ وَلَا أَب “Though I am the son of the horseman of ʿĀmir, of her inner stock and her pure, refined lineage, ʿĀmir did not make me her leader through a kalālah; Allah refused that I should rise by a mother or a father.”
The poet claims leadership through his own merit rather than inherited standing. He is speaking about honour, not the distribution of an estate. Al-Jaṣṣāṣ explains the kalālah here through the ancestor connecting the wider family. Ibn ʿĀshūr, however, suspects that the specialized inheritance usage is Qurʾānic: he says he has not seen that usage in Arabic before the verse's revelation.[85]
Al-Shanqīṭī quotes a versified explanation:
ويسألونك عن الكلالة ... هي انقطاع النسل لا محالة لا والد يبقى ولا مولود ... فانقطع الأبناء والجدود “They ask you about kalālah: it is certainly the ending of the line; no father remains and no child, so children and forefathers are gone.”
He identifies this as Abū Bakr's and most Companions' definition and explicitly endorses it. The lines summarize that legal definition.[86]
4. The Companion accounts and ʿUmar's reported final position
ʿUmar رضي الله عنه repeatedly asked about kalālah, and the Prophet ﷺ directed him to the verse at the end of the sūrah.[87] The answer therefore required considering the inheritance provisions together, not simply translating a familiar Arabic word (al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Ibn al-ʿArabī).[88]
Abū Bakr's definition and the narration supporting it. Abū Bakr رضي الله عنه is reported to have said:
الْكَلَالَةُ مَنْ لَا وَلَدَ لَهُ وَلَا وَالِدَ “Kalālah is one who has neither child nor father.”
Al-Shaʿbī relates this explanation and adds that ʿUmar was reluctant to disagree with Abū Bakr. The chain is interrupted: al-Shaʿbī did not hear either Companion. Ḥikmat Bashīr Yāsīn nevertheless says that the next narration strengthens this account. In that narration, Ṭāwūs says he heard Ibn ʿAbbās describe his last meeting with ʿUmar. The definition stated there is again “one who has neither child nor father.” This is the particular supporting narration Yāsīn means in his edition of Ibn Kathīr.[89]
The same definition is reported from Ibn ʿAbbās through ʿAlī b. Abī Ṭalḥa, a route Yāsīn grades ḥasan.[90] A report also attributes it to the Prophet ﷺ, but Ibn Rajab judges the version connected through Abū Hurayrah weak.[91]
Why the final conversation needs explanation. The account through Ṭāwūs and Ibn ʿAbbās has different endings in the sources:
| Wording attributed to ʿUmar | Where it appears | What the cited scholars say about it |
|---|---|---|
| “One who has neither child nor father” | Ibn Abī Ḥātim, quoted by Ibn Kathīr | Yāsīn calls its chain sound and cites Ibn Ḥajar's authentication.[92] |
| “One who has no child” | Al-Ṭabarī and Ibn al-Mundhir | Al-Turkī's note quotes al-Ḥākim's authentication and al-Dhahabī's agreement, but also al-Bayhaqī's objection to this account.[93] |
The second wording omits the father. Al-Bayhaqī prefers the other accounts from ʿUmar and Ibn ʿAbbās, which support excluding both child and father. His reasons are that they accord better with the Qurʾān and Sunnah, and that several reports support them against this isolated account. Thus his judgment favours the fuller definition; he does not treat the two endings as equally reliable.[94]
ʿUmar's withdrawal. A separate account states the change directly. Al-Shaʿbī reports that ʿUmar had defined kalālah as leaving no child, but after he was stabbed said:
إِنِّي لأَسْتَحِي اللهَ أَنْ أُخَالِفَ أَبَا بَكْرٍ، أَرَى الْكَلالَةَ: مَا عَدَا الْوَلَدَ وَالْوَالِدَ “I would be ashamed before Allah to disagree with Abū Bakr. I consider kalālah to exclude child and father.”
The account of withdrawal is the one followed here. It is recorded by Ibn al-Mundhir; al-Qurṭubī, Abū Ḥayyān and Ibn ʿĀshūr also report withdrawal from the child-only definition. Al-Shawkānī quotes Ibn ʿAbd al-Barr to that effect.[95] Accounts of continued hesitation exist too, and al-Jaṣṣāṣ concludes that ʿUmar did not settle the question.[96]
The legal conclusion. Kalālah excludes both child and father. Ibn Kathīr identifies this as the position of the seven jurists of Madīnah, the four imams and the general body of earlier and later scholars:
وهو قول الفقهاء السبعة والأئمة الأربعة وجمهور السلف والخلف، بل جميعهم، وقد حكى الإجماع عليه غير واحد “It is the position of the seven jurists, the four imams, and the general body of the earlier and later scholars, indeed all of them; more than one scholar has reported agreement upon it.”
Al-Shanqīṭī states his preference explicitly:
والتحقيق أن المراد بالكلالة عدم الأصول والفروع “The correct understanding is that kalālah means the absence of ascendants and descendants.”
When describing the deceased more specifically, he writes الميت الذي لم يخلف والدا ولا ولدا, “the deceased who has left neither father nor child.” The permission for maternal siblings to inherit alongside the mother is explicit in Ibn Kathīr and Ibn ʿUthaymīn, as explained above.
After quoting the versified definition given above, al-Shanqīṭī adds:
وهذا قول أبي بكر الصديق ﵁ وأكثر الصحابة وهو الحق إن شاء الله تعالى “This is the position of Abū Bakr al-Ṣiddīq and most of the Companions, and it is the correct view, Allah willing.”[97]
For the maternal siblings of this verse, the qualifying family circumstances were explained at the start: the mother does not prevent their inheritance, whereas a father or paternal grandfather does. A separate report from Abū Bakr also identifies these siblings as maternal siblings.[98]
5. Whom does the noun describe?
The legal definition tells us which family circumstances allow the maternal siblings to inherit. The next question concerns the sentence itself: does كَلَالَةً describe the deceased, the relatives inheriting from him, their relationship, or the inheritance?
The word is used in more than one way. Muftī Muḥammad Shafīʿ describes both the deceased who leaves “no son or father” and the heir who is “neither the son nor the father” of the deceased. He relates these uses to an understood ذُو, “a person with”: someone connected by the more distant relationship. He also records a later use for the property inherited in such a case.[99]
| Question | Explanation | Meaning in the sentence | Who prefers or explains it? |
|---|---|---|---|
| Whom does the noun name? | The deceased | A man or woman leaving neither child nor father | Al-Jaṣṣāṣ and al-Rāzī expressly prefer the deceased here. Al-Shawkānī also explains the verse in these terms. |
| Whom does the noun name? | The heirs | Relatives other than child and father who inherit the deceased | Al-Ṭabarī expressly prefers the heirs, relying on Jābir's words. |
| How does it describe the deceased? | A person with kalālah kinship | The deceased is inherited from while having relatives outside the parent–child line | Al-Shanqīṭī prefers al-Zajjāj's grammatical explanation, with an understood “possessing.” |
| How does it describe the inheritance? | A kind of inheritance | The person is inherited from through a kalālah inheritance | Ibn ʿUthaymīn explains an understood إِرْثَ كَلَالَةٍ, “a kalālah inheritance.” |
| Does it name the property itself? | The estate | Property inherited in a kalālah case | Recorded from ʿAṭāʾ; al-Qurṭubī explains a grammatical basis for it. Ibn al-ʿArabī and Ibn ʿAṭiyya object, and al-Shanqīṭī calls this usage uncommon. |
The deceased: whose circumstances determine the shares? The person whose estate is divided must have left neither child nor father. Whether a maternal sibling has a child or father of his own does not determine whether he inherits this estate. That is why al-Jaṣṣāṣ and al-Rāzī prefer to understand the deceased here. Al-Shawkānī likewise explains kalālah as the deceased who leaves neither child nor father.[100]
The heirs: Jābir's use of the word. Jābir says, فَإِنَّمَا يَرِثُنِي كَلَالَةٌ, “Only kalālah relatives will inherit me.” Here the word describes the people who inherit. Al-Ṭabarī makes this report the basis of his preference for the heirs. Al-Shawkānī quotes that preference as al-Ṭabarī's.[101] Early explanations also use the word for heirs other than child and father.[102] Other, less usual definitions restrict kalālah to the absence of a father alone or to distant cousins.[103]
A relationship can be described from either person's side. “Kinship” names the connection, while “my kin” names the people connected to me. In explaining kalālah, al-Jaṣṣāṣ and al-Rāzī distinguish the relationship itself from the deceased or heirs described by it.[104] Explanations naming the deceased and explanations naming the heirs are both transmitted from Saʿīd b. Jubayr.[105]
Does it mean every heir? Al-Rāghib rejects that broader explanation. Its supporters appeal to a verse about a man accumulating wealth that others will inherit. Abū Ḥayyān quotes:
وَالْمَرْءُ يَجْمَعُ لِلْغِنَى وَلِلْكَلَالَةِ مَا يسيم “A man gathers for wealth, while what he pastures is for his kalālah relatives.”[106]
The warning is especially pointed if the miser's wealth passes to relatives other than his own children. On al-Rāghib's explanation, therefore, the poem does not require kalālah to mean every heir. Abū Ḥayyān attributes the broader definition to him, but al-Rāghib's own discussion rejects it.[107]
The grammatical preferences. Al-Shanqīṭī prefers al-Zajjāj's explanation:
يورث في حال كونه ذا كلالة، أي: قرابة غير الآباء والأبناء “He is inherited from while being a person with kalālah kinship, that is, kinship other than through fathers and children.”
He calls this وهو الأظهر, “the more apparent interpretation.” The sentence describes the deceased's circumstances: he has relatives outside the direct parent–child line. Muftī Muḥammad Shafīʿ also explains an understood “person with,” although his discussion allows the expression to describe either the deceased or the heir.[108]
Ibn ʿUthaymīn instead explains يُورَثُ إِرْثَ كَلَالَةٍ, “he is inherited from through a kalālah inheritance.” In grammatical terms, كَلَالَةً specifies the kind of inheritance. This is not an explanation of the word as the property left behind.[109]
The estate interpretation and its objection. Ibn al-ʿArabī rejects the explanation “the estate” as lacking linguistic or rational support. Ibn ʿAṭiyya adds that the derivation from encircling describes relatives, not wealth. Al-Qurṭubī answers with a grammatical construction in which an understood noun of inheritance is qualified by kalālah; al-Shanqīṭī records the estate usage as uncommon.[110] The active forms يُورِثُ and يُوَرِّثُ, “leaves an inheritance,” allow further grammatical explanations alongside passive يُورَثُ, “is inherited from.” The particular analyses and their source differences belong to the Iʿrāb discussion.[111]
The scholars' preferences. Al-Rāzī and al-Jaṣṣāṣ prefer the deceased; al-Ṭabarī prefers the heirs. Of the two grammatical explanations developed here, al-Shanqīṭī explicitly prefers “a person with kalālah kinship,” whereas Ibn ʿUthaymīn explains “a kalālah inheritance.”
6. Conclusion
Kalālah inheritance here excludes child and father: Abū Bakr’s definition, explicitly preferred by al-Rāzī and al-Shanqīṭī. Al-Shanqīṭī also attributes it to most of the Companions, and Ibn Kathīr presents it as the position of the four imams. For the maternal siblings, the rule also excludes descendants through sons and a paternal grandfather; it does not exclude their inheritance alongside the mother.[112]
ʿUmar most likely withdrew from the child-only definition and returned to Abū Bakr's position, as reported by the scholars identified above. The noun's several uses and the grammatical constructions explaining it have been distinguished above, with the scholars' respective preferences.
And Allah knows best.
Q3. Who are the brother and sister of this verse, and how do they share?
A maternal brother or sister shares the deceased's mother but has a different father. These are the siblings meant here. A full sibling shares both parents; a paternal sibling shares only the father. Their inheritance is treated at the end of the sūrah, in 4:176.
The ordinary rule is straightforward: one maternal sibling receives a sixth; two or more share a third equally. The more demanding question arises when those shares, together with the husband's and mother's, use up the whole estate. May full brothers then join the maternal siblings in their third?
1. The ordinary shares
These are the prescribed shares after debts and valid bequests have been dealt with. They apply when no father, paternal grandfather, child or descendant through successive sons excludes the maternal siblings. A surviving mother does not exclude them (Ibn Kathīr).[113]
| Maternal siblings who inherit | Their prescribed share | How it is divided |
|---|---|---|
| One brother or one sister | One sixth | The single sibling receives it |
| Two siblings, whether male, female or one of each | One third together | One sixth each |
| Three or more | One third together | Equal portions, regardless of sex |
The phrase أَكْثَرَ مِنْ ذَلِكَ, “more than that,” means more than the single brother or sister just mentioned. The change from a sixth to a third therefore begins with two, not three. Adding further siblings does not enlarge their collective share; it divides the same third among more people (al-Shawkānī, al-Ṭabarī, al-Ālūsī).[114]
The deceased may be a man or a woman. Although وَلَهُ, “and he has,” uses a masculine singular pronoun, it refers to either of the two people just named. The rule is the same for the estate of each (al-Shawkānī).[115]
2. Why these are the siblings through the mother
The two inheritance passages give different shares. In 4:176, a sister receives a half, two sisters receive two thirds, and a brother can inherit the whole estate when there is no competing entitlement. Here the single sibling receives only a sixth, and the group has a third. The two passages therefore concern different classes of siblings: full or paternal siblings at the sūrah's end, and maternal siblings here (al-Zajjāj; Ibn ʿAṭiyya).[116]
The smaller allocation also fits the maternal relationship. A sixth and a third are the mother's possible prescribed portions in different family circumstances. The commentators explain that her children inherit through that relationship and receive portions corresponding to hers (al-Zuḥaylī, Rashīd Riḍā).[117] Ibn ʿĀshūr adds a further reason: if these were the full or paternal siblings, why would their collective share be limited to a third while two thirds remained for others less closely related?[118]
The early explanation makes that relationship explicit. Saʿd b. Abī Waqqāṣ رضي الله عنه is reported to have recited:
وَلَهُ أَخٌ أَوْ أُخْتٌ مِنْ أُمٍّ “And he has a brother or a sister through a mother.”[119]
Ubayy b. Kaʿb رضي الله عنه is also reported with مِنَ الْأُمِّ, “through the mother.”[120] These additional words are not part of the ten canonical readings. Khālid al-Ghāmidī describes Saʿd's form as shādhdh, not recited as Qurʾān, and an explanation from Saʿd; Ibn Juzayy likewise treats the words as an explanation of the meaning.[121]
Two questions arise about these additional words. First, can a reliably transmitted noncanonical reading establish a legal ruling? One argument treats it like a solitary report, khabar al-āḥād, because it is not a matter of personal opinion; this is al-Karkhī’s comparison. A further argument distinguishes its status as Qurʾān from its value as a report: if the words were transmitted from the Prophet ﷺ, failure to establish them as Qurʾān does not by itself remove their evidential value as a report. Al-Qāsimī gives this second argument for the position transmitted by al-Buwayṭī from al-Shāfiʿī and followed by most of his school. Maẓharī attributes acceptance, conditional on a sound chain, to Abū Ḥanīfa, but reports a different position from al-Shāfiʿī. Al-Ālūsī records both acceptance and rejection.[122]
Second, were the words recited as Qurʾān at all? It was a Companion’s explanation which listeners mistook for part of the recitation.[123]
The identification of maternal siblings does not depend on resolving that question. Ibn ʿUthaymīn explicitly considers the meaning clear even without the reported reading, because 4:176 already gives the rules for the other siblings.[124] Al-Qurṭubī and al-Jaṣṣāṣ report scholarly agreement that the siblings here are maternal.[125]
3. Why brothers and sisters receive equal portions
The verse says فَهُمْ شُرَكَاءُ فِي الثُّلُثِ, “they are partners in the third.” An unqualified partnership gives its members equal portions; nothing here grants the brother twice the sister's share. That contrasts with the explicit two-to-one rule for sons and daughters, and for full or paternal brothers and sisters (Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Ibn Juzayy, Ibn al-ʿArabī; also reported by al-Shawkānī).[126]
The relationship is also the same for each sibling: all inherit through their mother. Being male does not make one of them more closely related through her than another (al-Bayḍāwī, al-Biqāʿī, Abū al-Suʿūd, al-Ālūsī, Ibn Kamāl).[127] Their prescribed portions correspond to the mother's sixth or third, and each participates equally in that maternal connection (Rashīd Riḍā, al-Nasafī).[128]
A further explanation concerns the old tribal setting. Maternal siblings were related through the womb, rather than through the deceased's paternal clan. Their men did not have the additional role in clan defence that distinguished male members of that clan. Their inheritance is therefore explained as a gift of kinship shared equally by men and women (Ibn Rajab).[129]
The equality is stated by the jurists and is also attributed to ʿUmar رضي الله عنه in an account transmitted by al-Zuhrī. Yāsīn notes that al-Zuhrī did not hear from ʿUmar.[130] Al-Qurṭubī reports agreement on the equal shares.[131]
Their mother may inherit with them. Normally, a relative who inherits through another person is excluded while that person survives. Yet here the mother takes her own share and the maternal siblings take theirs. Maẓharī explains that the agreed rule takes precedence over that general analogy; he also points out that the mother does not inherit the whole estate.[132]
The commentators differ over how this relates to the word kalālah. Al-Bayḍāwī treats the mother's presence as an agreed exception to the word's implication. Ibn Kamāl says no exception is needed: the lineage excluded by the word in his explanation is the paternal line. Both therefore allow the mother and maternal siblings to inherit together.[133]
4. When the fixed shares leave nothing for full brothers
Consider a woman who leaves a husband, her mother, two maternal siblings and one or more full brothers. There is no child or father.
| Heir | Prescribed allocation | Part of the estate |
|---|---|---|
| Husband | One half | Three sixths |
| Mother | One sixth | One sixth |
| Two or more maternal siblings | One third together | Two sixths |
| Total | The whole estate | Six sixths |
A full brother ordinarily takes what remains after prescribed shares. Such heirs are called عَصَبَة (ʿaṣabah), or residuary heirs. In this case nothing remains. Yet he shares the same mother as the maternal siblings. Should that maternal relationship allow him to join their third?
This is the mushtaraka, the shared case. It does not arise in this form when the deceased is a man: the wife's quarter, rather than a husband's half, leaves a remainder (Ibn Kathīr, al-Qurṭubī, Ibn ʿAṭiyya).[134]
| Position | Treatment of the full brothers | Reason | Principal schools |
|---|---|---|---|
| Keep the third for the maternal siblings alone | The full brothers receive nothing | Their entitlement is to the remainder, and there is none | Abū Ḥanīfa and Aḥmad; also Dāwūd |
| Admit the full brothers to the shared third | They share equally with the maternal siblings | All are children of the same mother | Mālik and al-Shāfiʿī |
These are the school positions recorded by Maẓharī; the principal division is also given by al-Jaṣṣāṣ and Ibn Kathīr.[135]
The reason for sharing. The full brothers' paternal relationship makes them residuary heirs. But they also have a maternal relationship. On this view, having the additional paternal connection should not prevent them from inheriting through the mother they share with the others.
The reported appeal to ʿUmar رضي الله عنه puts that argument vividly:
هَبْ أَنَّ أَبَانَا كَانَ حِمَارًا، أَلَسْنَا مِنْ أُمٍّ وَاحِدَةٍ؟ “Suppose our father had been a donkey. Are we not from one mother?”
The reference to a donkey gives the case its other name, ḥimāriyya. ʿUmar then included them in the third, according to the account recorded by Ibn Kathīr. Ibn Kathīr states that sharing is authentically reported from both ʿUmar and ʿUthmān رضي الله عنهما.[136]
The legal argument is more than an appeal to sympathy. The third is assigned to the mother's children. Full brothers can enter that category through their mother even though they would receive nothing in their capacity as residuary heirs. Ibn al-ʿArabī defends this distinction: the share is first assigned to the maternal siblings, and the full siblings then join them in it.[137]
The reason for keeping the shares separate. The other position begins with the order of distribution. The maternal siblings have a fixed share; the full brothers have an entitlement to the remainder. Their closer overall relationship does not turn that residual entitlement into another fixed share (al-Zajjāj).[138]
Ibn ʿAbbās رضي الله عنهما relates that the Prophet ﷺ said:
أَلْحِقُوا الْفَرَائِضَ بِأَهْلِهَا، فَمَا بَقِيَ فَهُوَ لِأَوْلَى رَجُلٍ ذَكَرٍ “Give heirs their prescribed shares; what remains belongs to the nearest male relative.”[139]
For this position, the sequence is decisive. First pay the husband's half, the mother's sixth and the maternal siblings' third. The full brothers receive only what is left, and here that is nothing. Al-Saʿdī expressly prefers this conclusion. Al-Shawkānī also defends it from the verse and this hadith; al-Jazāʾirī reaches the same result.[140]
An account from ʿAlī رضي الله عنه expresses the maternal siblings' entitlement directly: even if they numbered a hundred, their share would not exceed a third; he would not reduce that third by admitting the full siblings into it.[141]
Does the shared mother require a shared portion? Compare a slightly different estate: a husband, a mother, only one maternal brother, and full brothers and sisters. The husband receives a half, the mother a sixth, and the maternal brother a sixth. The full siblings divide the remaining sixth under their own rule, a male receiving twice a female's portion. An individual full sibling may therefore receive less than the maternal brother, despite sharing his mother and having the additional paternal relationship.
Al-Jaṣṣāṣ uses this accepted allocation to answer the appeal to a shared mother. The two groups already inherit in different legal capacities: one by a prescribed share, the other from the remainder. Shared parentage does not itself make their allocations identical.[142]
Ibn Kathīr records both positions, including more than one account from certain Companions. The later schools preserve the same two approaches.[143]
5. Conclusion
The brother and sister in this verse are maternal siblings. One receives a sixth; two or more share a third equally, with no male preference. Their inheritance is excluded by a father, paternal grandfather, child or descendant through successive sons, but not by the mother.
In the shared case, al-Saʿdī and al-Shawkānī prefer keeping the third for the maternal siblings alone, because the full brothers are entitled only to a remainder. Mālik and al-Shāfiʿī allow the full brothers to share, and Ibn al-ʿArabī explains their entitlement through the common mother.
And Allah knows best.
Q4. What harm does the verse forbid, and is a harmful bequest legally effective?
A person may leave the inheritance fractions unchanged on paper yet deprive the heirs by inventing a debt or giving away what should remain for them. The restriction غَيْرَ مُضَارٍّ, “without causing harm,” closes that route: bequests and debts must not be used to defeat the division Allah has prescribed (al-Ṭabarī, al-Zajjāj).[144]
There are three separate questions: what conduct is forbidden, how harmful intent can be established, and whether a forbidden bequest must be cancelled. The last question becomes difficult when a bequest stays within the permitted third but is made specifically to hurt the heirs.
| Case | What needs to be established? | Legal consequence |
|---|---|---|
| A debt that was never owed | The acknowledgment is false | It cannot be used to reduce the inheritance. |
| A bequest exceeding one third | The amount exceeds the permitted limit | The excess requires the heirs’ consent under the majority position. |
| A bequest to someone who already inherits | The recipient is an heir | It cannot be imposed as an extra entitlement alongside that heir’s share. |
| A bequest within one third, made to harm the heirs | The harmful intention is proved | Scholars disagree over whether the bequest should be cancelled; their reasons are compared below. |
| An otherwise lawful bequest whose purpose is unknown | No harmful intention has been established | Ibn Taymiyya says it is carried out; suspicion alone does not establish his condition for refusing it. |
1. What counts as harm?
The prohibition protects the heirs against deliberate changes to Allah’s division: excluding an heir, reducing a share or increasing one person’s entitlement at the others’ expense. To arrange that outcome is to oppose the wisdom of the prescribed division (Ibn Kathīr).[145]
The means can differ. A person may acknowledge a fictitious debt, claim falsely that someone else owns the property, or say that a debt owed to him has already been repaid. Property can also be diverted through a deliberately underpriced sale or an overpriced purchase. Even a bequest of no more than a third can be harmful when its purpose is to deprive a needy heir rather than to do good (al-Rāzī, Ibn ʿAṭiyya).[146]
These examples explain why the restriction covers both bequests and debts. A false debt would otherwise take money out of the estate before the shares were calculated. Saʿīd b. Jubayr accordingly explains the clause as forbidding acknowledgment of a liability that does not exist and a bequest exceeding the third to hurt the heirs.[147] The debt is joined to the bequest in the sentence, so the qualification applies to both (Abū al-Suʿūd).[148]
Transfers made during the final illness can serve the same purpose. An acknowledgment that the purchase price has been received, or a gift or charitable transfer beyond the permitted amount, may conceal an attempt to divert the estate. Al-Jaṣṣāṣ discusses these acts under the restrictions on deathbed dispositions; this is not a prohibition of every gift made during illness.[149] Once fraud is established, a fictitious debt is not paid and an invalid disposition cannot replace the prescribed distribution (al-Hilāl, al-Jazāʾirī).[150]
Although “without causing harm” appears after the maternal-siblings provision, it also qualifies the earlier bequest clauses. They concern the same duty and cannot reasonably permit harm to one class of heirs while forbidding it to another. Its particular placement gives added protection where the heirs are not the deceased’s children or parents: affection for one’s immediate family often restrains conduct that resentment toward more distant relatives might encourage (Ibn ʿĀshūr, Rashīd Riḍā; also Maẓharī).[151]
2. The permitted third is a limit, not a target
The permission to make a bequest does not give a person unrestricted power over the estate. When Saʿd b. Abī Waqqāṣ رضي الله عنه asked how much he could give, the Prophet ﷺ said:
الثُّلُثُ وَالثُّلُثُ كَثِيرٌ “One third, and one third is much.”[152]
The Sunnah establishes the limit; the verse’s instruction to distribute inheritance after a bequest does not remove it. Nor may a person simply add a bequest to an heir’s prescribed share. Al-Shāfiʿī explains these restrictions through the Sunnah and the scholars’ agreement. The fuller discussion belongs under 4:11.[153]
The heirs’ consent matters because the restriction protects their rights. According to the majority, they may permit the excess above a third; the Ẓāhirīs do not accept that permission as validating the excess. The scholars also differ over a person who has no heir: one view allows a bequest of the whole estate, while another retains the third as the limit.[154]
Within the limit, the heirs’ circumstances still matter. A large charitable bequest is not automatically the best final use of one’s wealth. Where the estate is small and the heirs are needy, leaving it to them may be better; where there is ample wealth, a smaller fraction may provide for others without impoverishing the family. This explains the preference for a fifth or a quarter in the Companion reports, rather than routinely using the full third (Ibn Qudāma, al-Rāzī).[155]
Maẓharī makes the practical distinction explicit: instructions left at death can be obligatory, recommended, permitted, disliked or forbidden. An instruction to pay an outstanding debt is not a voluntary gift from the third: the debt is payable from the whole estate before the inheritance is divided. For voluntary bequests, the purpose and the family’s circumstances matter.[156]
| Circumstance | Maẓharī’s assessment | Practical point |
|---|---|---|
| An outstanding duty must be discharged, such as an unpaid debt | Obligatory provision for its discharge | A debt is paid from the whole estate, not limited to the third. |
| No outstanding duty; a voluntary gift below a third | Recommended | A tenth, fifth or quarter may be appropriate. |
| A bequest up to a third while the heirs are well provided for | Permitted | The maximum is available, but it is not compulsory. |
| A voluntary bequest while the heirs are poor | Disliked; leaving it to them is preferable | Their need gives a reason to reduce or forgo the gift. |
| A disposition that harms the heirs or is intended to do so | Forbidden | A lawful-looking amount does not excuse a malicious purpose. |
When a dying person says, “I owe this heir money.” This statement is an acknowledgment of debt. The question is whether it can establish the heir’s claim against the estate, not whether an independently established debt ceases to be payable. The debt may be real, yet the statement may also disguise an extra bequest. That risk explains why Abū Ḥanīfa, Mālik, Aḥmad and al-Shāfiʿī’s earlier position reject the acknowledgment. Al-Shāfiʿī’s later position accepts it; al-Bukhārī also chooses acceptance, arguing that suspicion must not prevent a genuine trust from being returned to its owner. Ibn Kathīr distinguishes this dispute about a truthful acknowledgment from an invented debt, whose use to favour one heir is forbidden by agreement.[157]
The Mālikī discussion also considers a close friend whose relationship makes collusion plausible. Its concern is that affection can make a friend as likely as a relative to receive a disguised gift (Ibn al-ʿArabī, al-Qurṭubī).[158]
3. Why the warning is so severe
Ibn ʿAbbās رضي الله عنهما said:
الضِّرَارُ فِي الْوَصِيَّةِ مِنَ الْكَبَائِرِ “Causing harm through a bequest is among the major sins.”[159]
Yāsīn judges the athar ṣaḥīḥ as a mawqūf narration from Ibn ʿAbbās, but does not authenticate it as marfūʿ. The marfūʿ isnād includes ʿUmar b. al-Mughīra, whom Yāsīn describes as ḍaʿīf jiddan. Al-Shawkānī says that the transmitters of al-Nasāʾī’s mawqūf isnād are those of the Ṣaḥīḥ.
In one account, Ibn ʿAbbās follows the warning by reciting 4:13–14. Those verses promise reward for observing Allah’s limits and threaten punishment for crossing them. The connection is direct: manipulating a bequest can undo the very shares just commanded. Deliberately disobeying at the approach of death also shows a grave refusal to submit when the need to prepare for meeting Allah is most urgent (al-Jaṣṣāṣ, al-Rāzī).[160]
A hadith narrated by Abū Hurayra رضي الله عنه describes a lifetime of obedience ending in a harmful bequest:
إنَّ الرَّجُلَ ليَعْمَلُ والمَرأةَ بطاعَةِ اللهِ ستِّينَ سَنةً، ثمَّ يَحْضُرُهم المَوتُ، فيُضارَّانِ في الوَصيَّةِ فتَجِبُ لَهُما النَّارُ “A man and a woman may obey Allah for sixty years; then death approaches them, they cause harm through their bequest, and the Fire becomes due to them.”[161]
Al-Tirmidhī grades this hadith ḥasan gharīb; Shuʿayb al-Arnaʾūṭ judges its isnād ḍaʿīf because of Shahr b. Ḥawshab. Other narrations threatening punishment for harmful bequests and deprivation of inheritance appear in books of tafsir with weak asanīd or without an isnād.[162]
4. Does proved harmful intent cancel a bequest within the third?
The disputed case is a bequest that stays within the third but is intended to hurt the heirs. Does that purpose prevent it from taking effect?
| Position | Why? | Primary Authorities |
|---|---|---|
| The harmful bequest is not carried out once its purpose is established | “Without causing harm” restricts the bequest that may be executed; keeping below a third does not remove that restriction. | Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Shawkānī and Ibn ʿUthaymīn; Ibn Taymiyya expressly addresses admission of the harmful purpose.[163] |
| The bequest remains effective within the third | The Mālikī execution reports do not count the act within the third as harm because that amount is the testator’s right. Al-Ālūsī’s later argument distinguishes sinful motive from legal effect, after an initial concession concerning proved harmful intent. | Al-Ālūsī, with that qualification; the well-known Mālikī position reported by al-Qurṭubī and Ibn ʿAṭiyya, alongside contrary Mālikī reports.[164] |
The argument for refusing it. The verse does more than allow a bequest and then advise kindness: it expressly qualifies the disposition as one made “without causing harm.” On this understanding, a proved attempt to hurt the heirs fails a condition of execution. Ibn ʿUthaymīn illustrates the point with a man whose heirs are maternal siblings. If he bequeaths a third specifically to leave them less, and that purpose is established, the bequest is ineffective.[165]
The general legal principle supports the same result in Ibn ʿĀshūr’s argument: a prohibition entails the invalidity of the prohibited act. He nevertheless requires a clear indication of intent, since an unexpressed motive is ordinarily known only to the testator and Allah.[166] Al-Shawkānī is explicit: a disposition made solely to harm the heirs is rejected, whether it is a third or less.[167]
There is also Qurʾānic authority for correcting a wrongful bequest. The permission in 2:182 to reconcile matters where a testator has committed partiality or sin supports returning a harmful bequest even within the third, once the harm is known by admission or a clear indication. Ibn ʿAṭiyya uses that verse to support the cancelling position recorded within Mālik’s school.[168]
The objection: sin and legal effect are not always the same. Permission to dispose of a third establishes a right over that amount. The Mālikī position reported by al-Qurṭubī does not count the act as harm so long as it remains within that third.[169]
Proving harmful intent is a separate difficulty. A bequest or acknowledgment of debt intended to harm “does not deserve to be carried out”: al-Ālūsī agrees with this inference of ʿIṣām al-Milla, but says that the intention is difficult to establish unless the person admits it.
He then argues that an act may remain legally effective despite a sinful motive. A person who frees a slave or creates an endowment merely to impress others acts wrongly, but the freeing of the slave or creation of the endowment still takes effect. Why, then, must an ill-intentioned bequest be cancelled? Al-Ālūsī requires a specific proof for treating the bequest differently. He also cites the saying reported from Muʿādh that Allah allowed a third of people’s wealth as an opportunity for charity. At this point he calls execution within the third the apparent conclusion, despite the forbidden intent.[170]
The disagreement therefore concerns the force of this particular restriction. Ibn ʿUthaymīn treats “without causing harm” as a condition of an enforceable bequest. Al-Ālūsī’s later argument distinguishes the sinful intention from the continued validity of the disposition. Their arguments produce different legal results even when both acknowledge the wrongfulness of the purpose.[171]
Why Mālik’s school appears on both sides. Ibn ʿAṭiyya and al-Qurṭubī report execution within the third as the school’s well-known position, while also recording cancellation. Ibn ʿĀshūr challenges the account of the school’s position: he endorses Ibn ʿArafa’s objection that the Mudawwana expressly requires cancellation where harmful intent is proved. He also reports the opposing ruling from Ibn ʿAbd al-Ḥakam and from Ibn Nājī’s commentary, where it is described as the position followed in fatwā. Thus the ikhtilaf is present within the Mālikī material itself; it cannot be reduced to “Mālik says” on either side.[172]
Ibn Rajab, transmitting Ibn ʿAṭiyya, likewise records a cancelling position from Mālik and reports that it is said to follow the reasoning of Aḥmad’s school. That is a reported school inference, not a direct quotation from Aḥmad.[173]
5. What establishes the harmful intention?
The distinction between an unlawful amount and a hidden motive matters in practice. A bequest above the permitted limit can be identified from its amount. A bequest below the limit also leaves the heirs less than they would otherwise receive, but that result alone does not show why the person made it. If the purpose is unknown, Ibn Taymiyya says that the bequest is carried out.
An admission such as “I made this bequest to harm them” establishes the purpose directly. Ibn ʿĀshūr also requires cancellation where a clear indication of harmful intent appears. His requirement is more than the heirs’ displeasure at receiving less: the indication must establish the intention, not merely the reduction in their inheritance.[174]
Ibn Taymiyya separates unintended injustice from deliberate wrongdoing, and then distinguishes what the person carrying out the will can know from what the recipient knows privately. His cases make the cancelling position more precise.[175]
| What is known? | Ibn Taymiyya’s ruling |
|---|---|
| The bequest exceeds a third | The excess is rejected, whether or not harm was intended, subject to the heirs’ consent discussed above. |
| The bequest is within the limit and harmful intent is not known | Carry it out. |
| The recipient knows the gift was made to harm the heirs | The recipient may not take the bequest. |
| The person making the bequest admits that the purpose is to harm | No one may assist its execution; it must be rejected under this verse. |
The recipient who knows the harmful purpose may not take the gift, even when those carrying out the will do not possess that knowledge.
Conclusion
The interpretation followed here by the author is that a bequest made to harm the heirs is not carried out once its harmful purpose is established. This follows Ibn ʿUthaymīn’s explanation of “without causing harm” as a condition of execution, together with Ibn ʿĀshūr’s and al-Shawkānī’s explicit rulings. It does not authorize cancelling an otherwise lawful bequest on suspicion.
Al-Ālūsī’s later statement treats the intention as forbidden but the bequest effective. The Mālikī execution reports instead reason that the act within the third is not counted as harm.
And Allah knows best.
Q5. Why does the verse end with “a charge from Allah” and the names “Knowing, Forbearing”?
The shares have been prescribed, and the testator has been forbidden to harm the heirs. The verse then closes:
﴿وَصِيَّةٗ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِۗ وَٱللَّهُ عَلِيمٌ حَلِيمٞ﴾“A charge from Allah. And Allah is Knowing, Forbearing.” (4:12)
The closing words explain why the division must be obeyed and why its violation must not be taken lightly. A person's wishes cannot override Allah’s command; a hidden intention cannot escape His knowledge; and a delay in punishment does not make wrongdoing safe.
| Question | What needs explaining | Main consequence |
|---|---|---|
| Why “a charge” rather than “an obligation”? | Whether the change from فَرِيضَةً in 4:11 to وَصِيَّةً in 4:12 changes the force of the command | The prescribed shares remain binding; the difference concerns emphasis and the connection between the opening and closing words. |
| Why “Knowing”? | The relationship between Allah’s division and people's conduct | He knows what benefits the heirs and knows whether His directions are obeyed. |
| Why “Forbearing”? | What delayed punishment means for someone who harms the heirs | It gives time to repent, not grounds for confidence that the wrong has been overlooked. |
| Does forbearance also imply pardon? | Whether the name signifies only the absence of haste, or also pardon for whom Allah wills | The explanations must be distinguished when interpreting the warning. |
| Why did 4:11 end with “Wise”? | The different concerns immediately preceding the two endings | In 4:11, people do not know which relatives will benefit them most; in 4:12, they are warned against harming those whose shares Allah has prescribed. |
1. A binding command, not an optional gift
The word waṣiyya often refers to the directions a person leaves at death. Here, however, it is Allah who gives the charge. The testator is being commanded, not invited to decide which relatives deserve the prescribed shares. In this context, يُوصِيكُمُ means that He makes a duty binding upon you, and His waṣiyya is a confirmed covenant (al-Harawī, as quoted by al-Samīn; Ibn ʿUthaymīn).[176]
The structure of the passage reinforces that meaning. The inheritance directions began in 4:11 with يُوصِيكُمُ اللَّهُ, “Allah charges you.” After the shares and restrictions have been set out, وَصِيَّةً مِنَ اللَّهِ recalls that opening command. The noun وَصِيَّةً is a maṣdar, a noun naming the action of the verb: the sense is “Allah charges you with these directions, a charge from Him.” On this construction, the closing phrase confirms the whole division in the two verses (al-Ṭabarī; Ibn ʿĀshūr).[177]
A different grammatical connection places the phrase with the nearer statement that each maternal sibling receives a sixth (al-Farrāʾ). That concerns the expression to which the noun is attached; it does not make the other prescribed shares optional. Another construction connects it with “without causing harm”: the testator must not violate Allah’s charge by exceeding the permitted third or impoverishing the children through an excessive bequest. The harm is suffered by the heirs through the bequest, which explains the figurative expression of harming the charge itself (al-Zamakhsharī, al-Rāzī; explained by Abū Ḥayyān).[178]
The practical consequence is the same point made by the words “from Allah.” A person’s directions about his property come under a command already given by Allah. A bequest favouring some heirs over others, or intended to harm them, cannot set that command aside (al-Shawkānī).[179]
This leaves the difference between فَرِيضَةً, “an obligation,” in 4:11 and وَصِيَّةً, “a charge,” here. If both bind, why change the word? The stronger emphasis of farḍ accompanies the parents’ and children’s shares, underlining the particular importance of caring for the children. The spouses’ and siblings’ rights remain obligatory too. The distinction is one of emphasis, not permission to observe one group of shares and disregard another (al-Rāzī).
Another explanation gives waṣiyya the stronger emphasis: a charge conveys particular concern and a request for prompt fulfilment. More distant relatives may be neglected precisely because their relationship is less close, so their rights receive this emphatic instruction. Al-Ālūsī records this explanation without naming its author. The two explanations differ over which expression gives greater emphasis, not over whether the shares are binding.[180]
2. Knowledge of the right shares and of concealed wrong
There are two reasons why Allah’s knowledge matters here. First, the division rests on knowledge of the heirs and their interests. The fractions are not a testator’s personal estimate of who deserves more, nor the result of preference or resentment. The command comes from perfect knowledge (al-Qurṭubī; Sayyid Quṭb).[181]
Second, those carrying out the division are themselves known to Allah. Correct figures on a will do not guarantee justice: a false acknowledgment of debt or a bequest intended to harm may reduce the heirs’ property while concealing the purpose. The prohibition غَيْرَ مُضَارٍّ, “without causing harm,” is therefore followed by a reminder that Allah knows who has acted unjustly and who has acted justly (al-Zamakhsharī; al-Rāzī).[182]
The reminder concerns more than one kind of victim. Harm may be done to heirs or creditors, and women or children may be denied their prescribed rights. An offender's continued enjoyment of wealth does not mean that his conduct has escaped judgment (al-Zuḥaylī; Mufti Muḥammad Shafīʿ).[183] That apparent delay is what the next name addresses.
3. Time to repent is not permission to continue
If Allah knows the wrong, why is its perpetrator not punished immediately? حَلِيمٌ answers that question: Allah does not hasten to punish the person who disobeys Him. Its place after the prohibition of harm is therefore directly relevant to the bequest, not a departure from the inheritance discussion (Ibn ʿUthaymīn).[184]
The delay gives the sinner time to repent. It does not mean that the prohibition has ceased to matter. Forbearance toward the disobedient is explained as delaying punishment and accepting repentance (al-Zajjāj).[185] The distinction is between إِمْهَال, granting time, and إِهْمَال, neglect: the offender has been given an opportunity to return, not evidence that Allah is unaware of what he has done (the Majmaʿ al-Buḥūth’s Tafsīr al-Wasīṭ; Muḥammad ʿAbduh, as transmitted by Riḍā).[186]
That opportunity gives the warning its urgency. A long respite can tempt someone to continue, but the absence of immediate punishment offers no protection when punishment comes. Thus the two names warn against harm while inviting repentance (al-Biqāʿī).[187]
The familiar saying “Beware the anger of the forbearing” illustrates why patience should not be mistaken for weakness. A person may overlook repeated offences before finally responding severely. The comparison has a necessary limit: human forbearance can come to an end, whereas Allah’s does not cease. Each person receives a determined measure of it (ʿAbduh, in the lesson transmitted by Riḍā).[188]
The same closing words also restrain the testator's resentment. He may be displeased with a relative, but a will is not his opportunity to punish that person by damaging the inheritance. Allah gives the disobedient time to repent; the testator is not permitted to retaliate through a harmful bequest (Rashīd Riḍā).[189]
4. Must delayed punishment eventually occur?
Not hastening punishment and pardoning a sin are distinguishable: one concerns delay, the other concerns whether punishment is inflicted at all. A definition of ḥalīm can include both. Al-Khaṭṭābī, quoted by al-Khāzin, describes the Forbearing as:
الصفوح مع القدرة المتأني الذي لا يعجل بالعقوبة “The One who pardons while possessing power, who acts with deliberateness and does not hasten punishment.”[190]
Forbearance understood as the absence of haste. On this explanation, the name prevents an offender from drawing the wrong conclusion from his present safety. Enjoying the benefit of an unjust bequest does not show that the warning was empty. The proper response is repentance, not further wrongdoing. The name itself is explained as not being provoked by disobedience into immediate punishment, with the express qualification:
وليس في الحلم شيء من معنى العفو والرحمة “Forbearance contains nothing of the sense of pardon and mercy.”
The distinction concerns the meaning of forbearance, while the delay still leaves time for repentance and return to Allah (ʿAbduh, in the lesson transmitted by Riḍā).[191]
Forbearance understood to include pardon. The alternative explanation rejects the inference that punishment, although postponed, must eventually occur. Al-Zamakhsharī describes Allah as forbearing toward the wrongdoer and not hastening his punishment. Abū Ḥayyān objects to what he understands that wording to imply: that the offender must ultimately be punished. He identifies that implication with the Muʿtazilī position, rather than with the position of Ahl al-Sunna.
The argument turns on the relation between the two names. “Knowing” warns that no harmful disposition is hidden from Allah. “Forbearing” then indicates that Allah may refrain from punishing the sin, expressing الصفح عمن شاء, “pardon for whom He wills.” Knowledge of the offence is therefore followed by the prospect of pardon, not by a declaration that punishment is inevitable (Abū Ḥayyān).[192]
| Explanation | What forbearance signifies here | How the warning is understood |
|---|---|---|
| ʿAbduh, as transmitted by Riḍā | The absence of haste in punishment, without including pardon or mercy in that meaning | The delay gives time to repent; it must not encourage further harm. |
| Abū Ḥayyān | Forbearance includes pardon for whom Allah wills | Knowing the sin and delaying punishment do not make its eventual punishment inevitable. |
The shared warning against wrongdoing does not erase this difference in the meaning of the name. ʿAbduh emphasizes the time granted before punishment; Abū Ḥayyān also draws attention to pardon. Each explanation must be understood with that qualification.
5. Why “Wise” in 4:11 and “Forbearing” here?
The earlier verse says of parents and children, “You do not know which of them is nearer to you in benefit.” Their inheritance is not left to that uncertain human estimate. The prescribed division follows, and the verse ends with Allah’s knowledge and wisdom. Early explanations connect that wisdom with the ruling itself: حُكْمُ قِسْمَةٍ, “a ruling of division,” and wisdom in His command (Saʿīd b. Jubayr and Abū al-ʿĀliya, transmitted by Ibn Abī Ḥātim).[193]
In 4:12, the immediate concern is different. The shares are known, but people may still arrange a debt or bequest to injure those entitled to inherit. Knowledge addresses the concealed wrong; forbearance addresses the absence of immediate punishment. On Abū Ḥayyān’s explanation developed above, the sequence also places the hope of pardon after the warning.
There is a wider connection with the injustice these laws corrected. Denying women and maternal relatives inheritance reflected ignorance of kinship rights; denying children reflected harshness toward the weak. The closing names are appropriate to legislation that overturns both practices (Ibn ʿĀshūr).[194]
Does “Forbearing” also explain the character of the law itself? Allah Himself is not harsh; accordingly, the inheritance rules He prescribes should not be regarded as harsh demands imposed upon the family. Their purpose is to prevent hardship. On this explanation, the name directs attention to the purpose of the legislation, rather than to the offender’s punishment (Mawdūdī).[195]
Conclusion
The prescribed shares are Allah’s binding charge. His knowledge explains both the authority of the division and the warning that a concealed intention to harm will not escape Him. His forbearance means that punishment is not hastened, leaving time for repentance. These two divine attributes form the theological foundation for the legal mandate (Ibn ʿUthaymīn).[196]
The inclusion of pardon marks an interpretative split: ʿAbduh does not include it in the meaning of forbearance, whereas Abū Ḥayyān understands the name here to indicate pardon for whom Allah wills.
And Allah knows best.
2. How the Commentators Read This Verse
The Questions above explain the shares and their conditions. The discussions below examine further points: what must be paid before distribution, which obligations count as debts, and why the verse gives particular attention to a spouse’s entitlement.
| Commentator | Distinctive contribution |
|---|---|
| Al-Ṭabarī (d. 310 AH / 923 CE) |
Before an estate can be divided, the deceased’s outstanding obligations must be discharged. Qatāda explains the priority of debt in terms of the trust owed by the deceased: the debt has the first claim on the estate, then the bequest is carried out, and only afterward do the heirs divide their inheritance. Al-Ṭabarī records this explanation.[197] |
| Ibn al-ʿArabī (d. 543 AH / 1148–49 CE) |
How distant must a relationship be to be called kalālah? The expression كَلَّتِ الرَّحِمُ describes kinship that has become distant. That derivation helps explain three definitions recorded here: a deceased person without child or father, kin other than close relatives, and distant kin. Ibn al-ʿArabī treats these as related uses rather than wholly disconnected definitions.[198] A fourth definition also excludes a brother. Its linguistic reasoning depends on the closeness of full brothers: they share a father, a womb and, in Ibn al-ʿArabī’s illustration, the breast at which they were nursed. He therefore regards its linguistic basis as close to that of the first three definitions.[199] This explains the reasoning behind the additional exclusion. Question 2 sets out the legal definition and the evidence concerning which relatives prevent maternal siblings from inheriting. |
| Al-Rāzī (d. 606 AH / 1210 CE) |
Does the debt deducted from an estate include duties owed to Allah, or only money owed to other people? The difference matters when someone dies without paying obligatory zakāt or performing an obligatory ḥajj. Al-Shāfiʿī requires these obligations to be met from the estate; Abū Ḥanīfa does not impose that requirement in the account al-Rāzī gives. The argument for payment has two steps. First, these outstanding duties are debts. Al-Rāzī supports this linguistically through the idea of an obligation to which a person must submit, and through the hadith wording he cites:
Second, once the obligation is identified as a debt, this verse puts its payment before the heirs’ shares. This is the argument al-Rāzī presents for al-Shāfiʿī’s ruling.[200] The objection concerns the scope of the word “debt.” A debt owed to Allah, on this objection, is not automatically included when ordinary speech says a debt without further qualification (al-Jaṣṣāṣ). Al-Rāzī answers that the added words identify to whom the debt is owed; they do not remove it from the category of debt. Since the verse gives debts priority over inheritance, he concludes that these obligations have that priority too.[201] |
| Abū Ḥayyān (d. 745 AH / 1344–45 CE) |
The verse’s order must be understood alongside duties established elsewhere in the law. Preparing the deceased for burial comes before paying the debts: washing, shrouding, carrying the body and placing it in the grave. The bequest-and-debt clause therefore does not list every expense incurred before the heirs receive their shares.[202] Nor is blood relationship the only basis of inheritance. The spouses inherit through marriage, while the other heirs named in these provisions inherit through lineage. Abū Ḥayyān adds a third legally established relationship, الوَلَاء, the bond arising from manumission. It is not named among the Qurʾān’s inheritance provisions. His distinction explains why the relationships expressly mentioned here do not exhaust all the causes of inheritance recognized in the law.[203] |
| Muftī Muḥammad Shafīʿ (d. 1396 AH / 1976 CE) |
A wife’s death may leave her husband dealing with relatives who regard him as belonging to another family and withhold his share. Stating his entitlement first gives it particular prominence. Muftī Muḥammad Shafīʿ suggests this as a possible reason for the order of the verse. His explanation concerns a practical risk to the husband’s right, alongside the other explanations of order discussed under Balāghah.[204] |
3. Iʿrāb: Grammatical Analysis
The verse first assigns the spouses’ shares, then the maternal siblings’ shares, and closes with a prohibition of harm and a divine charge. Conditions determine which share applies; repeated bequest-and-debt clauses state what must be dealt with before distribution. The word table follows Dār al-Ṣaḥābah’s Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān al-Karīm. Meaningful alternatives are explained after the tables.[205]
Word / Grammar / What it does
The numbers follow the Word-by-Word table and distinguish repeated occurrences. A nominal sentence has a mubtadaʾ (مبتدأ, subject) and a khabar (خبر, predicate); a verbal sentence has a fāʿil (فاعل, subject), or a nāʾib al-fāʿil (نائب الفاعل, substitute subject) when the verb is passive. In an iḍāfah (إضافة, annexation), the first noun is the muḍāf and the following noun or pronoun is the muḍāf ilayh (مضاف إليه, muḍāf ilayh).
| Word | Grammar | What it does |
|---|---|---|
| 1. وَلَكُمْ walakum |
Wāw al-istiʾnāf (واو الاستئناف), opening a new sentence; preposition and pronoun forming a fronted predicate (خبر مقدّم, khabar muqaddam). | Names the husbands whose share follows. |
| 2. نِصْفُ niṣ'fu |
Delayed subject (مبتدأ مؤخّر, mubtadaʾ muʾakhkhar), marfūʿ (مرفوع); the first term of an annexation. | States the half-share. |
| 3. مَا mā |
Relative pronoun (اسم موصول, ism mawṣūl), in the position of jarr (جر) after نصف. | Introduces what the wives left. |
| 4. تَرَكَ taraka |
Past verb (فعل ماض, fiʿl māḍin). | Describes the property left at death. |
| 5. أَزْوَاجُكُمْ azwājukum |
Subject of ترك (فاعل, fāʿil), marfūʿ (مرفوع); كم is the possessive pronoun. | Identifies the deceased wives. |
| 6. إِنْ in |
Conditional particle (حرف شرط جازم, ḥarf sharṭ jāzim). | Makes the half-share conditional. |
| 7. لَمْ lam |
A particle of negation and jazm (حرف نفي وجزم, ḥarf nafy wa-jazm). | Negates the existence of a child. |
| 8. يَكُنْ yakun |
Incomplete present verb (فعل مضارع ناقص, fiʿl muḍāriʿ nāqiṣ), majzūm (مجزوم). | With لَهُنَّ وَلَدٌ, states whether the deceased wife has a child. |
| 9. لَهُنَّ lahunna |
Preposition and pronoun; fronted predicate of يكن. | Identifies the deceased wife as the child’s mother. |
| 10. وَلَدٌ waladun |
Delayed noun of يكن (اسم يكن), marfūʿ (مرفوع). | The child whose absence is the condition. |
| 11. فَإِنْ fa-in |
Conjoining fāʾ, followed by a conditional particle. | Opens the alternative case. |
| 12. كَانَ kāna |
Incomplete past verb (فعل ماض ناقص, fiʿl māḍin nāqiṣ), in the position of jazm (جزم) of the condition. | Introduces the case in which a child exists. |
| 13. لَهُنَّ lahunna |
Preposition and pronoun; fronted predicate of كان. | Relates the child to the deceased wife. |
| 14. وَلَدٌ waladun |
Delayed noun of كان, marfūʿ (مرفوع). | The child whose presence changes the share. |
| 15. فَلَكُمُ falakumu |
Fāʾ joining the answer to its condition; fronted predicate. | Introduces the husbands’ resulting entitlement. |
| 16. الرُّبُعُ l-rubuʿu |
Delayed subject, marfūʿ (مرفوع). | States the quarter-share. |
| 17. مِمَّا mimmā |
من and relative ما; attached to an understood circumstantial expression (حال, ḥāl). | Identifies the estate from which the quarter comes. |
| 18. تَرَكْنَ tarakna |
Past verb with the feminine-plural subject suffix ن. | “What the wives left.” |
| 19. مِنْ min |
Preposition. | Introduces the prior charges on the estate. |
| 20. بَعْدِ baʿdi |
Majrūr (مجرور) noun after من, annexed to وصية; the phrase attaches to تركن. | The distribution concerns what remains after those charges. |
| 21. وَصِيَّةٍ waṣiyyatin |
Majrūr (مجرور) second term of the annexation (مضاف إليه, muḍāf ilayh). | Names the bequest. |
| 22. يُوصِينَ yūṣīna |
Present verb built on sukūn; ن is the feminine-plural subject. | The wives make the bequest. |
| 23. بِهَا bihā |
Preposition and pronoun attached to يوصين. | The pronoun refers to the bequest. |
| 24. أَوْ aw |
Conjunction (حرف عطف, ḥarf ʿaṭf). | Joins debt to bequest without specifying their order of payment. |
| 25. دَيْنٍ daynin |
Majrūr (مجرور) noun coordinated with وصية. | Names the debt. |
| 26. وَلَهُنَّ walahunna |
Conjoining wāw; fronted predicate. | Turns to the wives’ entitlement. |
| 27. الرُّبُعُ l-rubuʿu |
Delayed subject, marfūʿ (مرفوع). | States the quarter-share. |
| 28. مِمَّا mimmā |
من and relative ما; circumstantial qualification of the quarter. | Identifies the deceased husband’s estate. |
| 29. تَرَكْتُمْ taraktum |
Past verb with the second-person plural subject suffix تم. | Addresses the husbands: “what you left.” |
| 30. إِنْ in |
Conditional particle. | Makes the wives’ quarter conditional. |
| 31. لَمْ lam |
A particle of negation and jazm (حرف نفي وجزم, ḥarf nafy wa-jazm). | Negates the existence of a child. |
| 32. يَكُنْ yakun |
Incomplete present verb, majzūm (مجزوم). | Introduces the absent child. |
| 33. لَكُمْ lakum |
Preposition and pronoun; fronted predicate of يكن. | Relates the child to the deceased husband. |
| 34. وَلَدٌ waladun |
Delayed noun of يكن, marfūʿ (مرفوع). | The child whose absence is the condition. |
| 35. فَإِنْ fa-in |
Conjoining fāʾ and conditional particle. | Opens the alternative case. |
| 36. كَانَ kāna |
Incomplete past verb in the position of jazm (جزم) of the condition. | Introduces the case in which a child exists. |
| 37. لَكُمْ lakum |
Preposition and pronoun; fronted predicate of كان. | Relates the child to the deceased husband. |
| 38. وَلَدٌ waladun |
Delayed noun of كان, marfūʿ (مرفوع). | The child whose presence changes the share. |
| 39. فَلَهُنَّ falahunna |
Fāʾ joining the conditional answer; fronted predicate. | Introduces the wives’ resulting entitlement. |
| 40. الثُّمُنُ l-thumunu |
Delayed subject, marfūʿ (مرفوع). | States the eighth-share. |
| 41. مِمَّا mimmā |
من and relative ما; circumstantial qualification of the eighth. | Identifies the estate from which the eighth comes. |
| 42. تَرَكْتُمْ taraktum |
Past verb with the subject suffix تم. | Again identifies what the husbands left. |
| 43. مِنْ min |
Preposition. | Introduces prior charges. |
| 44. بَعْدِ baʿdi |
Majrūr (مجرور) noun annexed to وصية. | Places the share after the charges, as in the first case. |
| 45. وَصِيَّةٍ waṣiyyatin |
Majrūr (مجرور) second term of the annexation. | Names the husbands’ bequest. |
| 46. تُوصُونَ tūṣūna |
Marfūʿ (مرفوع) present verb; واو الجماعة is its subject. | The husbands make the bequest. |
| 47. بِهَا bihā |
Preposition and pronoun attached to توصون. | Refers to the bequest. |
| 48. أَوْ aw |
Conjunction. | Joins debt to bequest. |
| 49. دَيْنٍ daynin |
Majrūr (مجرور) noun coordinated with وصية. | Names the debt. |
| 50. وَإِنْ wa-in |
Wāw al-istiʾnāf (واو الاستئناف), opening a new sentence and conditional particle. | Opens the sibling-inheritance case. |
| 51. كَانَ kāna |
Complete past verb (كان تامة, kāna tāmmah), “there is”; the incomplete construction is also allowed. | Introduces a man in the stated circumstances. |
| 52. رَجُلٌ rajulun |
Marfūʿ (مرفوع) subject of complete كان; alternatively its noun if كان is incomplete. | Identifies the deceased man. |
| 53. يُورَثُ yūrathu |
Marfūʿ (مرفوع) passive present verb; its substitute subject (نائب فاعل, nāʾib fāʿil) is an understood هو. | Describes the man as inherited from. |
| 54. كَلَالَةً kalālatan |
Manṣūb (منصوب) circumstantial expression (حال, ḥāl). | Describes his family circumstances; alternatives follow below. |
| 55. أَوِ awi |
Conjunction. | Introduces the corresponding female case. |
| 56. امْرَأَةٌ im'ra-atun |
Marfūʿ (مرفوع) noun coordinated with رجل. | Includes a deceased woman under the same conditions. |
| 57. وَلَهُ walahu |
Circumstantial wāw; fronted predicate. | Adds the circumstance that the deceased has a sibling. |
| 58. أَخٌ akhun |
Delayed subject, marfūʿ (مرفوع). | Names a brother. |
| 59. أَوْ aw |
Conjunction. | Introduces a sister as the other possibility. |
| 60. أُخْتٌ ukh'tun |
Marfūʿ (مرفوع) noun coordinated with أخ. | Includes a sister. |
| 61. فَلِكُلِّ falikulli |
Fāʾ joining the conditional answer; لِكُلّ is the fronted predicate. | Distributes the entitlement to either individual case. |
| 62. وَاحِدٍ wāḥidin |
Majrūr (مجرور) second term of an annexation. | Specifies one sibling. |
| 63. مِنْهُمَا min'humā |
Preposition and dual pronoun, qualifying واحد. | Refers to the two categories just named: brother or sister. |
| 64. السُّدُسُ l-sudusu |
Delayed subject, marfūʿ (مرفوع). | States the sixth for one sibling. |
| 65. فَإِنْ fa-in |
Conjoining fāʾ and conditional particle. | Opens the case of more than one sibling. |
| 66. كَانُوا kānū |
Incomplete past verb; واو الجماعة is its noun. | Refers to the siblings collectively, in the case of more than one. |
| 67. أَكْثَرَ akthara |
Manṣūb (منصوب) predicate of كان (خبر كان). | States that their number is greater. |
| 68. مِنْ min |
Preposition attached to أكثر. | Introduces the point of comparison. |
| 69. ذَلِكَ dhālika |
Demonstrative in the position of jarr (جر) after من. | Refers to the single sibling just mentioned. |
| 70. فَهُمْ fahum |
Fāʾ joining the conditional answer; هم is its subject. | Identifies the siblings as a group. |
| 71. شُرَكَاءُ shurakāu |
Marfūʿ (مرفوع) predicate. | Declares their joint entitlement. |
| 72. فِي fī |
Preposition attached to شركاء. | Introduces what is shared. |
| 73. الثُّلُثِ l-thuluthi |
Majrūr (مجرور) noun after في. | The siblings share one third. |
| 74. مِنْ min |
Preposition. | Introduces prior charges in this case too. |
| 75. بَعْدِ baʿdi |
Majrūr (مجرور) noun annexed to وصية. | Places distribution after those charges. |
| 76. وَصِيَّةٍ waṣiyyatin |
Majrūr (مجرور) second term of the annexation. | Names a bequest. |
| 77. يُوصَى yūṣā |
Passive present verb with an understood substitute subject. | Describes the bequest in the passive; the active reading is discussed below. |
| 78. بِهَا bihā |
Preposition and pronoun attached to يوصى. | Refers to the bequest. |
| 79. أَوْ aw |
Conjunction. | Joins debt to bequest. |
| 80. دَيْنٍ daynin |
Majrūr (مجرور) noun coordinated with وصية. | Names the debt. |
| 81. غَيْرَ ghayra |
Manṣūb (منصوب) circumstantial expression (حال, ḥāl), annexed to مضار. | Excludes causing harm; its grammatical connection is discussed below. |
| 82. مُضَارٍّ muḍārrin |
Majrūr (مجرور) second term of the annexation. | Describes the person causing harm. |
| 83. وَصِيَّةً waṣiyyatan |
Manṣūb (منصوب) absolute object (مفعول مطلق, mafʿūl muṭlaq) of an understood verb. | Emphasizes the divine charge. |
| 84. مِنَ mina |
Preposition introducing the source of the charge. | “From.” |
| 85. اللَّهِ l-lahi |
Lafẓ al-jalālah, majrūr (مجرور) after من; the phrase qualifies وصية. | Identifies the charge as coming from Allah. |
| 86. وَاللَّهُ wal-lahu |
Wāw al-istiʾnāf (واو الاستئناف), opening a new sentence; lafẓ al-jalālah is the marfūʿ (مرفوع) subject. | Opens the concluding statement. |
| 87. عَلِيمٌ ʿalīmun |
First predicate, marfūʿ (مرفوع). | Affirms complete knowledge. |
| 88. حَلِيمٌ ḥalīmun |
Second predicate, marfūʿ (مرفوع). | Affirms forbearance. |
Clause / Position
These are the principal clause relationships. The baseline is Dār al-Ṣaḥābah; the alternatives listed here affect how the clauses connect, not the numerical shares.
| Clause | Position |
|---|---|
| وَلَكُمْ نِصْفُ مَا تَرَكَ أَزْوَاجُكُمْ | A fresh sentence (استئنافية, istiʾnāfiyyah). Darwīsh instead connects it to the preceding inheritance legislation by the opening wāw. Both introduce the husband’s share.[206] |
| تَرَكَ أَزْوَاجُكُمْ; later تَرَكْنَ and تَرَكْتُمْ | Relative clauses (صلة الموصول, ṣilat al-mawṣūl) completing “what”; they have no independent grammatical position.[207] |
| إِنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ لَهُنَّ وَلَدٌ | A fresh conditional sentence, with “then you have half” understood as its answer. Darwīsh makes the conditional sentence a circumstantial qualification of the half-share. Either way, the half depends on the absence of a child.[208] |
| فَإِنْ كَانَ لَهُنَّ وَلَدٌ | Coordinated with the first condition. It introduces the alternative case.[209] |
| فَلَكُمُ الرُّبُعُ مِمَّا تَرَكْنَ | In the position of jazm (جزم) of the conditional answer (في محل جزم جواب الشرط, fī maḥall jazm jawāb al-sharṭ), connected by fāʾ.[210] |
| يُوصِينَ بِهَا; later تُوصُونَ بِهَا and يُوصَى بِهَا | Adjectival clauses qualifying the indefinite “bequest,” in the position of jarr (جر) (في محل جر نعت, fī maḥall jarr naʿt).[211] |
| مِنْ بَعْدِ وَصِيَّةٍ | Dār al-Ṣaḥābah connects the first occurrence to تَرَكْنَ; Darwīsh connects it to an understood circumstantial expression qualifying the share; al-Kharrāṭ understands “they become entitled to it after…”. These constructions all place entitlement after the prior charges.[212] |
| وَلَهُنَّ الرُّبُعُ مِمَّا تَرَكْتُمْ | Coordinated with the verse’s opening sentence. Its two conditions and their answers correspond to those of the husbands’ shares.[213] |
| وَإِنْ كَانَ رَجُلٌ | A fresh conditional sentence in Dār al-Ṣaḥābah and al-Ṣāfī; Darwīsh instead connects it by coordination to what precedes. The new legal case remains the same.[214] |
| يُورَثُ كَلَالَةً | An adjectival clause qualifying رَجُلٌ when كَانَ is complete; the predicate of كَانَ when it is incomplete. The consequences of the alternatives are explained below.[215] |
| وَلَهُ أَخٌ أَوْ أُخْتٌ | A circumstantial clause (في محل نصب حال, fī maḥall naṣb ḥāl) describing the person inherited from.[216] |
| فَلِكُلِّ وَاحِدٍ مِنْهُمَا السُّدُسُ | The conditional answer: one such sibling receives a sixth.[217] |
| فَإِنْ كَانُوا أَكْثَرَ مِنْ ذَلِكَ | Coordinated with the preceding sibling-inheritance condition; it opens the case of more than one sibling.[218] |
| فَهُمْ شُرَكَاءُ فِي الثُّلُثِ | The conditional answer: the siblings share the third.[219] |
| وَصِيَّةً مِنَ اللَّهِ | An understood verbal sentence, “He charges you with this,” treated as a fresh sentence or a parenthesis (اعتراضية, iʿtirāḍiyyah). Question 5 explains the other constructions and their meaning.[220] |
| وَاللَّهُ عَلِيمٌ حَلِيمٌ | A fresh concluding sentence. Al-Ṣāfī also allows coordination with the preceding fresh sentence.[221] |
Where the grammar changes the meaning
1. كَلَالَةً: does the word describe the deceased, his relatives, or the inheritance?
The word كَلَالَةً is manṣūb (منصوب), but several grammatical functions can have that ending: a ḥāl describing someone’s circumstances, a predicate, an object, or an expression of cause. Here the grammatical alternatives follow five proposed meanings: the deceased, the heirs, the property, the inheritance, and the kinship (al-Samīn; al-Suyūṭī).[222]
| Meaning intended | Construction | What the sentence would say |
|---|---|---|
| The deceased | حال (ḥāl), a description of his circumstances; alternatively خبر كان (khabar kāna), the predicate of كَانَ | “A man is inherited from while being a kalālah”; or “a man who is inherited from is a kalālah” |
| The heirs | An understood ذَا, “having,” before the noun on one passive construction; an object on an active construction | “A man with collateral heirs”; or “a man makes collateral relatives inherit” |
| The kinship | مفعول لأجله (mafʿūl li-ajlih), the reason for the inheritance | “He is inherited from because of that kinship” |
| The property | An object of the inheritance verb | “He leaves property to be inherited” |
| The inheritance | A maṣdar (مصدر), naming the act of inheritance, or a description of an understood maṣdar | “He is inherited from through collateral inheritance” |
Does كَانَ mean “there exists,” or does it need a predicate (خبر)? The clause begins وَإِنْ كَانَ رَجُلٌ. If كَانَ means “there exists,” it is a complete verb [fiʿl tāmm, فعل تام]: رَجُلٌ is its subject [fāʿil, فاعل], and يُورَثُ describes that man [ṣifah, صفة]. If كَانَ is the incomplete verb [fiʿl nāqiṣ, فعل ناقص] that requires a predicate [khabar, خبر], يُورَثُ can be that predicate. Either construction can then take كَلَالَةً as a circumstantial expression [ḥāl, حال] describing the person inherited from. Both are admitted by the Dār al-Ṣaḥābah Iʿrāb, al-ʿUkbarī and Darwīsh.[223]
A further possibility makes كَلَالَةً itself the predicate: “if a man who is inherited from is a kalālah.” If the noun means the heirs rather than the deceased, an understood word is needed: “is a person having collateral heirs” (al-Samīn; al-Shawkānī).[224] This explains why changing the proposed meaning changes the construction, even though the visible ending remains the same.[225]
A complete كَانَ is established Arabic usage. When كَانَ means “there occurred” or “there existed,” its subject completes the clause; it needs no predicate. Al-Akhfash illustrates this with a line he quotes without naming its poet:[226]
فِدَى لِبَنِي ذُهْلِ بنِ شَيْبانَ نَاقَتِي إذا كانَ يَوْمٌ ذُو كواكِبَ أشهَبُ “My she-camel is a ransom for the Banū Dhuhl b. Shaybān, when there comes a star-filled, ash-grey day.”
The relevant words are إذا كانَ يَوْمٌ: “when a day occurs.” Here يَوْمٌ is the subject of complete كَانَ. That is the construction for which al-Akhfash cites the line. The legal definition of kalālah is established through the separate evidence in Question 2.
Why some constructions require an understood word. If كَلَالَةً simply means “heirs,” the passive construction needs an explanation of how that noun connects with the deceased. “Zayd is inherited from, brothers” is not a complete construction. An understood “having” provides that connection; an active verb can instead take the heirs as its object (al-ʿUkbarī).[227] A related explanation understands “possessing collateral kinship,” which al-Shanqīṭī prefers and attributes to al-Zajjāj.[228]
Which alternatives are disputed? The table includes grammatical possibilities, not constructions accepted by every grammarian. The explanation as tamyīz (تمييز), a noun specifying the intended sense, is questioned by al-Samīn; treating the property as a second object is rejected by Darwīsh.[229]
There is also a more precise disagreement about incomplete كَانَ. When كَلَالَةً itself is the predicate, Ibn Barrī allows it. When the noun is a ḥāl describing the deceased, however, he requires complete كَانَ. The alternative allows يُورَثُ to be the predicate of incomplete كَانَ, leaving كَلَالَةً as the ḥāl. This is the construction admitted by al-ʿUkbarī and Dār al-Ṣaḥābah but rejected by Ibn Barrī in his objection to al-Ḥawfī.[230]
Can the noun describe the inheritance rather than the deceased? Al-Ṭabarī expressly rejects the circumstantial analysis and understands a maṣdar (مصدر), naming an act understood from the sentence. His explanation is that the man's surrounding relatives inherit him: يُورَثُ مُتَكَلِّلُه النَّسَبُ كَلالةً. The words describing the surrounding relatives are understood from the inheritance verb.[231] On this explanation, the noun describes the inheritance rather than the deceased.
The active forms discussed under Qirāʾāt also do not force one interpretation. If كَلَالَةً names the deceased, it can remain a circumstantial expression, with the heir and property understood: “he makes his heir inherit his property while being a kalālah.” If it names the heirs, it can be an object instead. The property and kinship senses produce further constructions (Abū Ḥayyān; al-Samīn).[232]
What changes in translation? “A man who leaves neither a child nor a father” expresses the adopted explanation of the deceased's circumstances. Making the noun a predicate gives essentially the same identification. Describing the kinship or the inheritance instead moves the emphasis to how the relatives inherit. The word table follows Dār al-Ṣaḥābah’s ḥāl analysis. Question 2 explains the legal scope of kalālah and the scholars’ preferences concerning the noun’s referent.
2. أَوِ امْرَأَةٌ / وَلَهُ: does “he has” include the woman?
The sentence names a man, then “or a woman,” and continues with the masculine singular pronoun in وَلَهُ أَخٌ أَوْ أُخْتٌ, “and he has a brother or a sister.” Does that return the rule to the man alone?
The woman shares the condition already stated. The sense is “or a woman inherited from as a kalālah.” Arabic leaves those repeated words unstated because the context makes them understood. Coordination alone does not automatically transfer every restriction in every sentence; here it is the meaning of this sentence that establishes the shared condition (Abū Ḥayyān; al-Samīn).[233] Another explanation relates the separate mention of the man and woman to the man's honour and primary place in the rulings. On that account, لَهُ refers specifically to the man, while the woman's corresponding case is understood. This is Abū al-Suʿūd's explanation; he also records the alternative that the pronoun refers to either of them.[234]
The masculine pronoun need not exclude her. The word أَوْ presents one case or the other. A singular pronoun is therefore appropriate. Its masculine form can follow the man named first, the understood expression “one of the two,” or “the deceased” already indicated by the sentence. These are three grammatical explanations of the same inclusion, not three different rules of inheritance (al-ʿUkbarī).[235]
Arabic usage also permits a pronoun after two alternatives to refer to either expression or, on the explanation recorded from al-Farrāʾ, to both. Abū Ḥayyān illustrates it with “whoever has a brother or a sister, let him maintain the tie with him,” or “with her.”[236] Al-Samīn records that grammarians who require the singular explain apparent dual exceptions differently.[237] The following فَلِكُلِّ وَاحِدٍ مِنْهُمَا means “each of the two mentioned,” the brother and sister; it is not a command to give each a separate sixth when several siblings share the third (al-Ṭabarī).[238]
What changes in translation? “And he or she has a brother or a sister” makes the inclusive reference clear in English. “And that person has” conveys it too. The Arabic does not need a second feminine pronoun for the rule to cover a deceased woman. Understanding وَلَهُ as “one of the two has” states that result directly (Ibn Kamāl).[239]
3. غَيْرَ مُضَارٍّ: whose harmful conduct is excluded?
The words mean “not causing harm.” The grammatical question is how they attach to the preceding bequest-and-debt clause. Whether a harmful bequest remains enforceable is a separate legal question, argued in Question 4.
With an active verb, the person making the bequest is named in the grammar. In يُوصِي, “he bequeaths,” the verb has a concealed subject. غَيْرَ مُضَارٍّ can describe that person's circumstances: “he bequeaths without harming [his heirs]” (al-Ṭabarī, al-Zajjāj, al-Qurṭubī, al-ʿUkbarī).[240]
With the passive, the grammatical subject is no longer the person making the bequest. In يُوصَى, “it is bequeathed,” Ṣāfī connects “not causing harm” with the testator understood from the clause. A different analysis relates it to the passive verb's substitute subject (نائب الفاعل), the expression بِهَا in al-Durra's account, or to the person's concealed subject when the verb is active. Al-Durra then quotes another explanation from al-Zamakhsharī: the passive indicates that someone is making the bequest, so a corresponding active verb is understood.[241] On that last construction, “not causing harm” describes the subject of the understood “he bequeaths” (al-Ālūsī).[242]
A poetic example shows how an expressed passive can point to an understood active verb:
« ليبك» يزيد ضارع لخصومة ومختبط مما تطيح الطوائح “Let Yazīd be mourned: [let] a man pleading in a dispute [mourn him], and a needy man whom calamities have struck.”
Al-Ālūsī quotes the line without naming its poet. On the construction for which he cites it, the opening names the person mourned; the following marfūʿ (مرفوع) identifies the mourner through an understood “let him mourn.” The same construction explains how the passive “it is bequeathed” can indicate an understood active verb whose subject is the testator.[243]
The intervening words create an objection. The phrase أَوْ دَيْنٍ, “or a debt,” comes between the bequest verb and “not causing harm.” Abū Ḥayyān objects that a phrase attached to the bequest verb cannot be separated from it by this coordination. The passive presents a further difficulty: its omitted agent cannot simply be treated as though it remained an expressed subject. His preferred explanation understands a broader verb: the testator “charges his property” with a bequest or debt without harming his heirs. He also records the explanation through an understood active “he bequeaths.”[244]
The response is to understand corresponding wording for the debt as well as the bequest. On that analysis, the restriction describes the person responsible for either charge; the debt phrase is no longer unrelated intervening material. Al-Ālūsī expressly gives this answer. Ibn ʿĀdil records both the usual circumstantial construction and the objection.[245]
The closing “charge from Allah” allows another construction. Usually وَصِيَّةً مِنَ اللَّهِ begins an emphatic conclusion: “Allah charges you with this.” Alternatively, مُضَارٍّ may govern وَصِيَّةً: “not harming Allah's charge.” The harm is actually done to the heirs whom Allah has commanded people to protect; describing it as harm to His charge makes the violation more forceful (al-Ālūsī; al-Samīn).[246] The annexed form reported from al-Ḥasan permits related explanations: harm to the people concerned by the charge, or harm at the time of making the bequest (al-ʿUkbarī).[247] Al-Ālūsī also records an analysis describing the act itself, “a bequeathing without harm,” but rejects making the phrase a circumstantial description of the bequest or debt.[248]
What changes in translation? “Without causing harm” keeps the focus on the testator. “A bequeathing without harm” describes his act. “Not violating Allah's charge” expresses the alternative connection with وَصِيَّةً. The Dār al-Ṣaḥābah baseline identifies غَيْرَ as a circumstantial expression; the more detailed accounts explain how the responsible person is understood.[249] These constructions explain the wording. They do not, on their own, settle whether a prohibited bequest is legally ineffective or valid but sinful.
4. Ṣarf: Roots and Morphology
The verse contains 48 root-bearing occurrences representing 24 roots. Each occurrence is listed below, including repeated words and the six forms of كَانَ. The numbers correspond to the Word-by-Word table. Particles and pronouns are excluded; the two occurrences of lafẓ al-jalālah are identified in the grammar table without assigning a disputed derivation here.
Forms in their order in the verse
| Form and occurrence | Root | Pattern and inflection | Meaning |
|---|---|---|---|
| 2. نِصْفُ niṣ'fu |
ن-ص-ف | فِعْل; singular noun, marfūʿ (مرفوع). | Half. |
| 4. تَرَكَ taraka |
ت-ر-ك | Form I, فَعَلَ; past, third-person masculine singular. | Left at death. |
| 5. أَزْوَاجُكُمْ azwājukum |
ز-و-ج | أَفْعَال, broken plural of زَوْج; marfūʿ (مرفوع), with كم. | Your wives.[250] |
| 8. يَكُنْ yakun |
ك-و-ن | Form I hollow verb (أجوف, ajwaf: its middle root letter is weak), majzūm (مجزوم) present of كَانَ; third-person masculine singular. | Be/exist; incomplete here. |
| 10. وَلَدٌ waladun |
و-ل-د | فَعَل; singular-form noun, marfūʿ (مرفوع). | A child; its legal scope is explained in Question 1. |
| 12. كَانَ kāna |
ك-و-ن | Form I hollow verb; past, third-person masculine singular. | Be; incomplete here. |
| 14. وَلَدٌ waladun |
و-ل-د | فَعَل; singular-form noun, marfūʿ (مرفوع). | A child; its legal scope is explained in Question 1. |
| 16. الرُّبُعُ l-rubuʿu |
ر-ب-ع | فُعُل; fraction noun, marfūʿ (مرفوع). | One quarter. |
| 18. تَرَكْنَ tarakna |
ت-ر-ك | Form I; past, third-person feminine plural, with نون النسوة. | The wives left. |
| 20. بَعْدِ baʿdi |
ب-ع-د | فَعْل; noun, majrūr (مجرور) after مِنْ, in an annexation. | After. |
| 21. وَصِيَّةٍ waṣiyyatin |
و-ص-ي | فَعِيلَة; noun, majrūr (مجرور) after بَعْد. | A bequest. |
| 22. يُوصِينَ yūṣīna |
و-ص-ي | Form IV of أَوْصَى; present, third-person feminine plural, built on sukūn with نون النسوة. | The wives bequeath. |
| 25. دَيْنٍ daynin |
د-ي-ن | فَعْل; noun, majrūr (مجرور). | A debt.[251] |
| 27. الرُّبُعُ l-rubuʿu |
ر-ب-ع | فُعُل; fraction noun, marfūʿ (مرفوع). | One quarter. |
| 29. تَرَكْتُمْ taraktum |
ت-ر-ك | Form I; past, second-person masculine plural, with تم. | You, the husbands, left. |
| 32. يَكُنْ yakun |
ك-و-ن | Form I hollow verb, majzūm (مجزوم) present of كَانَ; third-person masculine singular. | Be/exist; incomplete here. |
| 34. وَلَدٌ waladun |
و-ل-د | فَعَل; singular-form noun, marfūʿ (مرفوع). | A child; its legal scope is explained in Question 1. |
| 36. كَانَ kāna |
ك-و-ن | Form I hollow verb; past, third-person masculine singular. | Be; incomplete here. |
| 38. وَلَدٌ waladun |
و-ل-د | فَعَل; singular-form noun, marfūʿ (مرفوع). | A child; its legal scope is explained in Question 1. |
| 40. الثُّمُنُ l-thumunu |
ث-م-ن | فُعُل; fraction noun, marfūʿ (مرفوع). | One eighth. |
| 42. تَرَكْتُمْ taraktum |
ت-ر-ك | Form I; past, second-person masculine plural, with تم. | You, the husbands, left. |
| 44. بَعْدِ baʿdi |
ب-ع-د | فَعْل; noun, majrūr (مجرور) after مِنْ, in an annexation. | After. |
| 45. وَصِيَّةٍ waṣiyyatin |
و-ص-ي | فَعِيلَة; noun, majrūr (مجرور) after بَعْد. | A bequest. |
| 46. تُوصُونَ tūṣūna |
و-ص-ي | Form IV; marfūʿ (مرفوع) present, second-person masculine plural. Root-final ي is absent before the plural wāw. | You bequeath. |
| 49. دَيْنٍ daynin |
د-ي-ن | فَعْل; noun, majrūr (مجرور). | A debt. |
| 51. كَانَ kāna |
ك-و-ن | Form I hollow verb; past, third-person masculine singular. | “There is,” with complete كان; an incomplete construction is also allowed. |
| 52. رَجُلٌ rajulun |
ر-ج-ل | فَعُل; singular noun, marfūʿ (مرفوع). | A man. |
| 53. يُورَثُ yūrathu |
و-ر-ث | Passive present, third-person masculine singular. Derived from وَرِثَ or أَوْرَثَ in the alternative source analyses; both yield the written passive form يُورَثُ. | Is inherited from; see the grammatical discussion. |
| 54. كَلَالَةً kalālatan |
ك-ل-ل | فَعَالَة; maṣdar (مصدر) used for a person or family relationship; an adjectival analysis is also recorded. Manṣūb (منصوب). | Kalālah; the lexical discussion below separates its uses. |
| 56. امْرَأَةٌ im'ra-atun |
م-ر-أ | Feminine noun related to امْرُؤ, with initial hamzat al-waṣl; marfūʿ (مرفوع). | A woman. |
| 58. أَخٌ akhun |
أ-خ-و | Noun with its final root letter omitted; marfūʿ (مرفوع) with ḍamma here. | A brother. |
| 60. أُخْتٌ ukh'tun |
أ-خ-و | Feminine noun; ت compensates for the omitted final root letter in the analysis of al-Samīn. Marfūʿ (مرفوع). | A sister. |
| 61. فَلِكُلِّ falikulli |
ك-ل-ل | فُعْل; inclusive noun كُلّ, majrūr (مجرور) after لِـ, annexed to واحد. | Each. |
| 62. وَاحِدٍ wāḥidin |
و-ح-د | فَاعِل; numeral/adjectival form, majrūr (مجرور) after كل. | One. |
| 64. السُّدُسُ l-sudusu |
س-د-س | فُعُل; fraction noun, marfūʿ (مرفوع). | One sixth. |
| 66. كَانُوا kānū |
ك-و-ن | Form I hollow verb; past, third-person masculine plural. واو الجماعة is the noun of incomplete كان. | They are; refers collectively to the siblings. |
| 67. أَكْثَرَ akthara |
ك-ث-ر | أَفْعَل; comparative form, manṣūb (منصوب) as the predicate of كان. | More numerous. |
| 71. شُرَكَاءُ shurakāu |
ش-ر-ك | فُعَلَاء; broken plural of شَرِيك on فَعِيل, marfūʿ (مرفوع) and mamnūʿ min al-ṣarf (ممنوع من الصرف): it does not take tanwīn. | Partners in a shared entitlement. |
| 73. الثُّلُثِ l-thuluthi |
ث-ل-ث | فُعُل; fraction noun, majrūr (مجرور) after في. | One third. |
| 75. بَعْدِ baʿdi |
ب-ع-د | فَعْل; noun, majrūr (مجرور) after مِنْ, in an annexation. | After. |
| 76. وَصِيَّةٍ waṣiyyatin |
و-ص-ي | فَعِيلَة; noun, majrūr (مجرور) after بَعْد. | A bequest. |
| 77. يُوصَى yūṣā |
و-ص-ي | Form IV; passive present, third-person masculine singular, final vowel estimated on the alif. | Is bequeathed. |
| 80. دَيْنٍ daynin |
د-ي-ن | فَعْل; noun, majrūr (مجرور). | A debt. |
| 81. غَيْرَ ghayra |
غ-ي-ر | فَعْل; noun, manṣūb (منصوب) and annexed to مضار. | Without/not; excludes the harmful condition. |
| 82. مُضَارٍّ muḍārrin |
ض-ر-ر | مُفَاعِل; Form III active participle, مُضَارِر before assimilation of the two rāʾs; majrūr (مجرور). | Causing harm. |
| 83. وَصِيَّةً waṣiyyatan |
و-ص-ي | فَعِيلَة; the same noun as the three earlier وصية forms, now manṣūb (منصوب). | A charge, rather than the deceased’s bequest. |
| 87. عَلِيمٌ ʿalīmun |
ع-ل-م | فَعِيل; intensive adjective, marfūʿ (مرفوع). | All-Knowing. |
| 88. حَلِيمٌ ḥalīmun |
ح-ل-م | فَعِيل; adjective, marfūʿ (مرفوع). | Forbearing. |
The fraction forms distinguish precise portions: نِصْف is on فِعْل, while رُبُع، ثُمُن، سُدُس، ثُلُث are on فُعُل. Their case endings follow their roles in the sentence, not a change in the amount. The less common middle-vowel forms are discussed under Qirāʾāt (al-Rāghib, al-ʿUkbarī, al-Ṣāfī).[252]
The bequest verb changes with its subject: يُوصِينَ names the wives, تُوصُونَ addresses the husbands, and يُوصَى leaves the act in the passive. In تُوصُونَ, the root-final yāʾ is absent before the plural wāw; al-Ṣāfī traces the form from تُوصِيُونَ. The feminine ending in يُوصِينَ is نون النسوة, not the nūn of rafʿ (نون الرفع), retained in an indicative masculine-plural verb.[253]
How the key words develop the meaning
1. Kalālah: kinship to the side, rather than through parent and child
The word belongs to a family of meanings involving weakness and encirclement. A sword becomes blunt; a traveller grows weary. Applied to kinship, weakness describes a connection less close than that of parent and child. Another explanation begins with relatives surrounding a person from the sides, rather than being that person’s ancestors or descendants. The two derivations offer different explanations of the name while distinguishing direct from collateral kinship (Ibn Fāris, al-Zamakhsharī, al-Rāghib).[254]
The difference appears in an ordinary expression: لم يرثه كلالة, “he did not inherit it through collateral kinship.” It contrasts a distant or sideways connection with direct inheritance by nearness and entitlement (al-Mubarrad).[255] Al-Ṭirimmāḥ uses that contrast of a bull’s horn:
يهز سلاحاً لم يرثه كلالة يشك به منها غموض المغابن “He brandishes a weapon he did not inherit through collateral kinship, with which he pierces the hidden folds of their flanks.”
The weapon is the horn inherited from the bull’s father; the flanks belong to the attacking dogs. The contrast is between inheriting directly from a father and inheriting through other relatives. The expression can describe the relationship of either the heir or the person inherited from (al-Zamakhsharī; al-Wāḥidī).[256]
The alternative derivation, encirclement, can be seen before it becomes a term of inheritance. A meadow ringed with flowers is رَوْضَةٌ مُكَلَّلَةٌ. An unnamed poet describes it:
مَسْكَنُهُ رَوْضَةٌ مُكَلَّلَةٌ عَمَّ بِهَا الْأَيْهُقَانِ وَالذُّرَقُ “His dwelling is a meadow wreathed round, filled with wild rocket and clover-like plants.”
Here مُكَلَّلَة describes what surrounds the meadow. (Al-Qurṭubī.)[257]
A cloud can be described in the same way when lightning surrounds its edges. Imruʾ al-Qays says:
أَصَاحِ تَرَى بَرْقًا أُرِيكَ وَمِيضَهُ كَلَمْعِ الْيَدَيْنِ فِي حَبِيٍّ مُكَلَّلِ “Friend, do you see lightning? Let me show you its flash, like the flicker of two hands in a bank of cloud wreathed round.”
The verse illustrates the same surrounding shape. Applied to inheritance, the relatives encircle the deceased from the sides: they are neither that person’s offspring nor the parent from whom that person came (al-Qurṭubī; al-Thaʿlabī).[258]
This explains why one noun can be used for more than one participant in the inheritance. Jābir’s words, “none but kalālah will inherit me,” use it for the heirs. In the interpretation of يُورَثُ كَلَالَةً as a circumstance of the deceased, it describes the person inherited from. A maṣdar (مصدر) can name the person characterized by the action or state, just as “creation” can name what is created. An alternative treats كَلَالَة as an adjective on فَعَالَة, comparable in form to هَجَاجَة, “a fool” (al-Azharī, Ibn Barrī, al-Rāghib; al-Zamakhsharī).[259]
The lexical uses are broader than a single statutory category. They include remote cousins, collateral relatives generally, and, in the discussion of this verse, maternal siblings. The word’s relation to the particular heirs must therefore be established from the verse and its context, not from the root alone. Question 2 develops that legal distinction and the differing definitions recorded by the lexicographers.[260]
2. Causing harm: what the form does and does not imply
مُضَارٍّ describes a person causing harm. Its root contrasts harm with benefit; the related noun can also describe illness, poverty or another bad condition. Here the prohibition concerns injury through a bequest or a claimed debt, as Question 4 explains (Ibn Fāris; al-Rāghib; Lisān al-ʿArab).[261]
The form does not require that the heirs have first harmed the testator. Although one explanation of ضِرَار distinguishes mutual or retaliatory harm from the initial injury, the lexicon also records other distinctions and the view that the two nouns can share a meaning. It expressly applies غَيْرَ مُضَارٍّ to prohibited harm in a bequest. “Without causing harm” is therefore the appropriate explanation here; “without retaliating” would introduce a condition the verse does not state (Lisān al-ʿArab).[262]
3. A bequest and a divine charge
The root و ص ي expresses joining and continuity: joining one thing to another, or plants growing continuously across a piece of land. A waṣiyyah is an instruction entrusted to someone to carry out, accompanied by exhortation (Ibn Fāris; al-Samīn).[263]
That range explains the verse’s change of sense without changing the noun. The first three occurrences of وَصِيَّةٍ name a deceased person’s bequest. The final وَصِيَّةً مِنَ اللَّهِ names the charge coming from Allah. It is not another discretionary gift added to the estate. A divine charge imposes a duty, as al-Harawī explains in his comment on يُوصِيكُمُ اللَّهُ (al-Samīn).[264]
There is also a distinction between the related verbs أَوْصَى and وَصَّى. Al-Hilāl associates the doubled form particularly with weightier religious or moral instructions, and the fourth form, when unqualified, with material arrangements. He allows the qualified fourth form to cover both. The distinction concerns how the verbs are used; obligation still depends on the instruction being given.[265]
4. Inheriting is not purchasing
Inheritance transfers a possession without a contract or its equivalent. The verb can take the property as its object, “I inherited property,” or the deceased person, “I inherited from Zayd.” This explains how رَجُلٌ يُورَثُ can name a man as the one inherited from even though the estate is what passes to the heirs (al-Rāghib).[266]
The authorities differ over the verb’s derivation. Al-Azharī derives يُورَثُ here from the simple verb وَرِثَ, not أَوْرَثَ; Abū Ḥayyān allows the fourth form. Both must be distinguished from the expressly active variants يُورِثُ and يُوَرِّثُ. The grammatical discussion explains how those constructions distribute the roles of deceased, heir and property.[267]
5. A brother or sister: the word and the specified relationship
The ordinary meaning of “brother” includes someone who shares both parents or just one. The word alone does not restrict the relationship to the mother. Question 3 explains why this verse concerns maternal siblings, through the transmitted explanations and its relationship to 4:176 (al-Samīn).[268]
In the form أَخٌ, the last root letter is omitted; the noun takes an ordinary ḍamma here rather than the long-letter endings used in qualifying annexed constructions. In أُخْتٌ, al-Samīn explains the tāʾ as compensation for the omitted root letter. Neither morphological feature establishes which parent is shared. That is a question of interpretation and evidence.[269]
5. Balāghah: Rhetorical Analysis
The verse combines precise legal detail with wording that directs attention to the people whose rights may be overlooked. Some of the features below belong to 4:12 itself; others connect it with the inheritance passage that begins at 4:11.
From the principle to the shares: التَّفْصِيل بَعْدَ الْإِبْهَام (al-tafṣīl baʿd al-ibhām)
Where it is. وَلَكُمْ نِصْفُ مَا تَرَكَ أَزْوَاجُكُمْ, “For you is half of what your wives leave,” and the other detailed shares in 4:11–12. They follow 4:7’s general declaration that men and women have an inheritance share.
The plain way. The legislation could begin with the fractions, without first stating the general entitlement.
What it does. Entitlement comes before calculation. Verse 4:7 establishes that both men and women inherit from parents and relatives; these verses identify the particular heirs, conditions and portions. This is the movement from a general statement to its details that Abū Ḥayyān calls التفصيل after الإبهام. Within that explanation, the provisions proceed by classes: children and parents, spouses, then collateral heirs (Abū Ḥayyān; Ibn ʿĀshūr).[270]
The effect. The fractions answer an already established right. The reader encounters the principle before working through its application.
Protecting an easily neglected right: الاحْتِرَاس (al-iḥtirās)
Where it is. مِنْ بَعْدِ وَصِيَّةٍ يُوصِينَ بِهَا أَوْ دَيْنٍ, “after a bequest they make or a debt,” and the two corresponding clauses later in 4:12.
The plain way. “after payment of debts and execution of bequests,” following the order in which the estate is settled.
What it does. A bequest is named first although debt is paid first. The difference is between emphasis in the sentence and priority in payment. A debt has a creditor who can demand it; a bequest is more easily neglected by heirs who must give up part of what they would otherwise receive. Placing the bequest first draws attention to that vulnerable obligation. Adding “or a debt” then guards against excluding another prior claim: this is the احتراس identified by Ibn ʿĀshūr. The word أَوْ does not make either charge optional and does not reverse their legal priority (Ibn ʿĀshūr; al-Qurṭubī; al-ʿUkbarī).[271]
There are other explanations for the emphasis. A bequest is made by the deceased, while a debt remains owed whether or not the deceased mentions it; al-Qurṭubī also records frequency of bequests and the needs of poor beneficiaries as explanations. The reluctance explanation treats a bequest as resembling an inheritance share that the heirs must give to someone else. Ibn Kamāl objects that this does not account for every kind of bequest, giving a bequest for pilgrimage as his example. He instead emphasizes a point that may need clarification: bequests, like debts, must be settled before the inheritance is divided. Their shared priority over inheritance does not make their claims identical when the estate diminishes: a debt does not decrease merely because some property is lost, whereas a bequest is subject to its own limit.[272]
The effect. The wording gives prominence to a claim that might be neglected, while retaining the creditor’s prior right. It does not make the order of words a payment schedule.
The condition follows each share: التَّكْرَار وَالإِطْنَاب (al-takrār wa-l-iṭnāb)
Where it is. مِنْ بَعْدِ وَصِيَّةٍ يُوصِينَ بِهَا أَوْ دَيْنٍ, “after a bequest they make or a debt,” followed by the corresponding clauses with تُوصُونَ, “you make,” and يُوصَى, “is made.” The qualification appears three times in 4:12 and once in 4:11.
The plain way. One closing qualification could be made to apply to all the shares.
What it does. Each distinct inheritance case carries its own reminder that distribution follows the prior charges. The husband inherits from his wife; the wife inherits from her husband. These are separate estates, whereas the children and parents in 4:11 inherit from the same deceased person. That distinction explains why their earlier qualification occurs once, while the spouses’ cases each repeat it (Ibn Juzayy).[273]
The repetition also prevents the wife’s property from being treated as though she could neither bequeath it nor incur debt. The verb يُوصِينَ explicitly names the women as those making bequests. Its plural form prompts al-Biqāʿī’s further observation that the matter should remain present in everyone’s mind. Al-Zuḥaylī identifies the repeated clauses as إطناب for emphasis; Ibn ʿĀshūr relates each occurrence to its particular class of shares.[274]
The effect. The entitlement and the condition are read together. The reader does not have to remember a distant qualification when reaching a new case.
What the words leave understood: الإِيجَاز بِالْحَذْف (al-ījāz bi-l-ḥadhf)
Where it is. مِنْ بَعْدِ وَصِيَّةٍ, “after a bequest.”
The plain way. “After setting aside or executing the bequest.”
What it does. “after a bequest” is not simply a date after the will was made. What is understood is the setting aside or execution of its provision. Al-Maydānī identifies this omission within the spouses’ clauses as إيجاز بالحذف.[275]
The effect. The short expression identifies a necessary action without stating it: the bequest must be provided for before the heirs divide the estate.
A related economy in the plural address. A rule for many households can be stated without repeating every individual case. “Your wives” concerns the wives of the men addressed, and “for them the quarter” concerns the wife or wives of the particular deceased husband. Each share is calculated from its own estate (Ibn ʿĀshūr).[276]
The instruction heard in its noun and verb: جِنَاس الِاشْتِقَاق (jinās al-ishtiqāq)
Where it is. The repeated pairings وَصِيَّةٍ يُوصِينَ, وَصِيَّةٍ تُوصُونَ and وَصِيَّةٍ يُوصَى: a bequest and the act of bequeathing.
The plain way. The noun “bequest” alone could name the charge against the estate.
What it does. Noun and verb repeat one root while distinguishing the instruction from the person’s act of making it. Al-Zuḥaylī names جناس اشتقاق in وَصِيَّةٍ يُوصِي in his joint discussion of 4:11–12; the pairings here use that same root with the subjects changed. Ibn ʿĀshūr also gives the qualifying verb a specific interpretive function: it identifies a bequest actually made, rather than the earlier prescribed bequest of 2:180.[277]
The effect. The repeated root connects the bequest with the responsibility for making it. At the close, وَصِيَّةً مِنَ اللَّهِ uses the noun for a different instruction: Allah’s charge governing the inheritance.
From direct connection to collateral kinship: التَّرْتِيب (al-tartīb)
Where it is. After the children and parents in 4:11, the verse addresses spouses through وَلَكُمْ, “and for you,” and وَلَهُنَّ, “and for them,” then names أَخٌ أَوْ أُخْتٌ, “a brother or a sister,” in the maternal-sibling provision.
The plain way. The legal provisions could list collateral relatives before spouses simply because the former are blood relations.
What it does. The order follows kinds of connection, not merely blood relationship. Parents and children are directly related through birth. Marriage also connects two people directly, though by a different bond. Collateral relatives are connected through another person. Their inheritance may also be excluded entirely by nearer heirs, whereas the first two classes do not fall away in that way. More constant association and affection give a further reason for treating the first two classes before collateral heirs (al-Rāzī).[278]
Marriage therefore precedes siblinghood here despite not being a blood relationship. The spouses’ shared life and mutual companionship strengthen that direct connection (Abū Ḥayyān).[279]
Why are the husbands addressed first? The wording distinguishes not only the order but also the manner of address: the husbands are addressed as “you,” while the wives are spoken of as “they.” Al-Rāzī understands this direct address as a mark of the men’s rank, corresponding to their larger spousal share. Al-Qāsimī reproduces that reasoning:
حيث ذكر الرجال، في هذه الآية، ذكرهم على سبيل المخاطبة . وحيث ذكر النساء ذكرهن على سبيل المغايبة “When He mentions the men in this verse, He addresses them directly; when He mentions the women, He speaks of them in the third person.”
Abū Ḥayyān and al-Biqāʿī likewise relate the priority given to men to their rank. The different possible explanations are therefore about two choices: why spouses precede siblings, and why the husbands are addressed before the wives (al-Rāzī; al-Qāsimī; Abū Ḥayyān; al-Biqāʿī).[280]
The effect. The order distinguishes kinds of relationship: direct descent, marriage and collateral kinship. Within the spouses’ provision, direct address gives the husbands the prominence described by these commentators.
The ending recalls the beginning: رَدُّ الْعَجُزِ عَلَى الصَّدْرِ (radd al-ʿajuz ʿalā al-ṣadr)
Where it is. وَصِيَّةً مِنَ اللَّهِ, “a charge from Allah,” at the close of 4:12 recalls يُوصِيكُمُ اللَّهُ, “Allah charges you,” at the opening of 4:11.
The plain way. The provisions could end without returning to the opening expression.
What it does. The same root frames the connected inheritance legislation: first the divine act of charging, then the charge itself. Ibn ʿĀshūr explicitly identifies this as ردّ العجز على الصدر. The relationship is between the two verses, not between the first and last words of 4:12 alone.[281]
The effect. The detailed allocations return to their source of authority. Question 5 considers why this close uses “charge,” while 4:11 also calls its provisions an “obligation.”
Knowledge and forbearance at the close: التَّذْيِيل (al-tadhyīl)
Where it is. وَاللَّهُ عَلِيمٌ حَلِيمٌ, “And Allah is All-Knowing, Forbearing.”
The plain way. The verse could end at “a charge from Allah.”
What it does. The closing statement places the detailed rules beneath two divine Names. In Ibn ʿĀshūr’s explanation, knowledge answers the ignorance of earlier inheritance customs and forbearance answers their harshness: women, maternal relatives and children had been denied rights. Al-Zuḥaylī notes the intensified sense of the two Names.[282]
The effect. The settlement is more than arithmetic. Its justice concerns both what people know and how they treat those whose rights are at stake. The further disagreement about forbearance, delayed punishment and pardon is developed in Question 5.
6. Qirāʾāt: Variant Readings
The principal transmitted difference discussed here is يُوصَى بِهَا, “a bequest that is made,” and يُوصِي بِهَا, “a bequest he makes.” The ten-reading assignments below follow Ibn al-Jazarī’s al-Nashr. The second table covers additional forms reported in the tafsīrs, identifying each source’s reader attribution and classification.
The ten readings: يُوصَى بِهَا / يُوصِي بِهَا
Ibn al-Jazarī states:
فَقَرَأَ ابْنُ كَثِيرٍ وَابْنُ عَامِرٍ وَأَبُو بَكْرٍ بِفَتْحِ الصَّادِ فِيهِمَا وَافَقَهُمْ حَفْصٌ فِي الْأَخِيرِ مِنْهُمَا، وَقَرَأَ الْبَاقُونَ بِكَسْرِ الصَّادِ فِيهِمَا “Ibn Kathīr, Ibn ʿĀmir and Abū Bakr read the ṣād with fatḥa in both places. Ḥafṣ agreed with them in the latter of the two; the rest read the ṣād with kasra in both.”[283]
The two places are 4:11 and 4:12. Abū Bakr here is Shuʿba b. ʿAyyāsh, the transmitter from ʿĀṣim. At 4:12, therefore, both Shuʿba and Ḥafṣ transmit the passive.
| Reader | Form at 4:12 | Meaning |
|---|---|---|
| Nāfiʿ | يُوصِي بِهَا | A bequest he makes |
| Ibn Kathīr | يُوصَى بِهَا | A bequest that is made |
| Abū ʿAmr | يُوصِي بِهَا | A bequest he makes |
| Ibn ʿĀmir | يُوصَى بِهَا | A bequest that is made |
| ʿĀṣim, through Shuʿba and Ḥafṣ | يُوصَى بِهَا | A bequest that is made |
| Ḥamzah | يُوصِي بِهَا | A bequest he makes |
| Al-Kisāʾī | يُوصِي بِهَا | A bequest he makes |
| Abū Jaʿfar | يُوصِي بِهَا | A bequest he makes |
| Yaʿqūb | يُوصِي بِهَا | A bequest he makes |
| Khalaf | يُوصِي بِهَا | A bequest he makes |
On the active form, the subject is the deceased person already understood from the context. On the passive form, the act of making the bequest is stated without naming its agent. Al-ʿUkbarī explains the two as having one meaning. The active is preferred by some commentators because the deceased has already been mentioned; al-Qurṭubī records that preference from Abū ʿUbayd and Abū Ḥātim, with al-Akhfash’s comparison to the active يُوصِينَ and تُوصُونَ. Both forms remain in Ibn al-Jazarī’s account of the ten readings.[284]
Ibn ʿAṭiyya reverses Ḥafṣ’s two places relative to al-Nashr, and al-Qurṭubī includes Abū ʿAmr among the fatḥa readers. Two adjacent editorial notes in al-Thaʿlabī’s edition also differ over Ḥafṣ. These are differences between the cited accounts; the ten-reader table follows Ibn al-Jazarī’s assignments.[285]
Additional transmitted forms
| Form | Attribution in the cited source | Classification and explanatory point |
|---|---|---|
| يُوَصَّى بِهَا, doubled passive | Al-Ḥasan, in Ibn ʿAṭiyya | Ibn ʿĀdil calls the doubled passive shādhdh, noncanonical. Al-ʿUkbarī associates doubling with multiplicity.[286] |
| يُورِثُ, active fourth form | Al-Ḥasan in al-Samīn; al-Qurṭubī also names Ayyūb, with differing reports from them | Al-Turkī identifies al-Ḥasan’s form as shādhdh. It makes the person the agent of causing inheritance.[287] |
| يُوَرِّثُ, doubled active | Al-Ḥasan and Abū Rajāʾ in al-Samīn; al-Aʿmash and Abū Rajāʾ in Ibn ʿAṭiyya; ʿĪsā in the account he quotes from Ibn Jinnī | Al-Ghāmidī identifies ʿĪsā’s doubled form, alongside al-Ḥasan’s undoubled form, as shādhdh.[288] |
| غَيْرَ مُضَارِّ وَصِيَّةٍ, annexation | Al-Ḥasan in Makkī; al-Aʿmash in al-Thaʿlabī | Al-Ghāmidī calls it shādhdh and says it is also related from al-Ḥasan. The bequest or divine charge is joined directly to the participle.[289] |
| وَلَهُ أَخٌ أَوْ أُخْتٌ مِنْ أُمٍّ | Saʿd b. Abī Waqqāṣ رضي الله عنه, as recorded by al-Thaʿlabī | Al-Ghāmidī calls it shādhdh, not recited, and closest to an explanation from Saʿd. It expressly identifies the maternal relationship.[290] |
| السُّدْسُ، الثُّلْثُ، الرُّبْعُ، الثُّمْنُ, with a still middle consonant | Al-ʿUkbarī says these forms have been read but names no reader | His passage identifies a dialectal form, without assigning it to a named reader or explicitly classifying its status.[291] |
The doubled bequest verb. Ibn ʿAṭiyya writes:
وقرأ الحسن بن أبي الحسن، «يوصّى» بفتح الصاد وتشديدها، وكل هذا في الموضعين “Al-Ḥasan b. Abī al-Ḥasan read ‘yuwaṣṣā’ with fatḥa and doubling of the ṣād; all this applies in the two places.”
Ibn ʿĀdil expressly records a shādhdh doubled passive. Al-ʿUkbarī explains the doubling as التكثير, multiplicity. It does not identify a new heir or prescribe a different fraction.[292]
The active inheritance verbs. Al-Samīn records:
وقرأ الحسن: «يُورِثُ» مبنياً للفاعل، ونُقِل عنه أيضاً وعن أبي رجاء كذلك، إلاَّ أنَّهما شَدَّدا الراء “Al-Ḥasan read ‘yūrithu’ in the active. It is also transmitted from him and from Abū Rajāʾ, except that they doubled the rāʾ.”
There are two ways to explain how these active forms govern كَلَالَةً. One makes كَلَالَةً the object: the person causes collateral heirs to inherit. Another understands two omitted objects, “he makes his heir inherit his property,” and retains كَلَالَةً as a circumstance of the deceased. The latter is recorded from Ibn Jinnī by Ibn ʿAṭiyya and developed by al-Samīn. The active form can therefore retain the deceased-person interpretation. Al-Qurṭubī’s narrower account, limiting the active construction to heirs or property, remains a distinct grammatical position.[293]
The annexed construction. Makkī records al-Ḥasan’s annexation:
وقرأ الحسن غير مضار وصيةٍ، بالإضافة ولحن في ذلك لأن اسم الفاعل لا يضاف إلى المصدر “Al-Ḥasan read ‘ghayra muḍārri waṣiyyatin’ by annexation, and was criticized for this on the ground that an active participle is not annexed to a verbal noun.”
He then gives the explanation:
ووجهه غير مضار بوصية أي: غير مضار بها ورثته “Its explanation is ‘not causing harm by a bequest’: that is, not harming his heirs by it.”
The objection concerns linking the participle directly to the noun “bequest.” Makkī explains the meaning through an understood preposition: harm by a bequest. Other grammarians understand an omitted expression such as “the people of the charge” or “at the time of the bequest,” while al-Samīn discusses harming the divine charge as a figurative expression for harming the heirs. These explanations are set out in “Where the grammar changes the meaning.” The disagreement concerns how the annexation expresses that relationship.[294]
The maternal relationship made explicit. Al-Thaʿlabī states:
وأراد بهذا الأخ والأخت من الأم، يدل عليه قراءة سعد بن أبي وقاص: (وله أخ أو أخت من أم )“What is intended by this brother and sister is those through the mother. The reading of Saʿd b. Abī Waqqāṣ, ‘and he has a brother or a sister through the mother’, indicates this.”
Al-Ghāmidī distinguishes this report from recited Qurʾānic wording. Abū al-Suʿūd likewise records the added maternal qualification, without naming its reader in that passage, and relates the distinction to the full and paternal siblings discussed at the end of the sūrah. Question 3 presents the legal argument and its supporting reports.[295]
The fraction words. Al-ʿUkbarī writes:
وَالسُّدُسُ وَالثُّلُثُ وَالرُّبُعُ وَالثُّمُنُ بِضَمِّ أَوْسَاطِهَا، وَهِيَ اللُّغَةُ الْجَيِّدَةُ، وَإِسْكَانُهَا لُغَةٌ، وَقَدْ قُرِئَ بِهَا “The sixth, third, quarter and eighth have ḍamma on their middle letters, and this is the good dialect. Making them still is also a dialect, and it has been read.”
Al-ʿUkbarī discusses these forms under 4:11; the quarter, eighth, sixth and third also occur here. His explanation concerns their vowels, with the fractions unchanged. He names no individual reader or ṭarīq (transmission route).[296]
And Allah knows best.
Notes
-
al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/75; al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/12; Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/229; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/499. ↩
-
Al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/475; Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/230; al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/76,78; al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/18,21; al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/522. For the family circumstances qualifying these siblings to inherit, see Understanding the Verse and Deeper Study, Question 2. ↩
-
al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/35; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/502; Ibn al-ʿArabī, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 1/453; Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/266; Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/100; al-Ālūsī, Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/441; Ibn Juzayy, al-Tashīl li-ʿUlūm al-Tanzīl, 2/25; al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/487; al-Zajjāj, Maʿānī al-Qurʾān wa-Iʿrābuh, 2/27; al-Wāḥidī, al-Wajīz, 255; Abū Bakr al-Jazāʾirī, Aysar al-Tafāsīr, 1/446. ↩
-
Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/263,265. ↩
-
Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/544: وَكَانَ فِي صَدْرِ الْإِسْلَامِ يُتَوَارَثُ بِالْمُوَالَاةِ وَالْخَلَفِ وَالْهِجْرَةِ، فَنُسِخَ ذَلِك. ↩
-
Muslim, Ṣaḥīḥ Muslim, 3/1250–1251, no.1628, from Saʿd b. Abī Waqqāṣ رضي الله عنه; al-Bukhārī, Ṣaḥīḥ al-Bukhārī, 2/81, no.1295. Both date the visit to the Farewell Pilgrimage. Ibn Kathīr also quotes the account at 2:180: Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/51. Saʿd's wording, “none inherits me except a daughter,” refers to his child and closest heirs, not the absence of all other inheriting relatives; he also had agnatic relatives (al-Nawawī, al-Minhāj Sharḥ Ṣaḥīḥ Muslim, 11/76).
Al-Jaṣṣāṣ relates Jābir’s account through Shuʿbah, Ibn al-Munkadir and Jābir: the Prophet ﷺ visited him during an illness, and Jābir asked how his estate would be inherited, saying that his heirs were kalālah. The inheritance verse was then revealed. Al-Jaṣṣāṣ identifies the words “my heirs are kalālah” as Shuʿbah’s tafarrud from Muḥammad b. al-Munkadir. He places Saʿd’s illness before Jābir’s: Saʿd was in Mecca and his account does not mention the verse’s revelation, whereas Jābir was in Medina near the end of the Prophet’s ﷺ life. He records both the Farewell Pilgrimage and Conquest dates for Saʿd’s illness and reports the view that the Conquest date is correct. His purpose is to show that kalālah can describe the deceased or the heirs. Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/17–18. Al-Bayhaqī compares the accounts through al-Zuhrī’s pupils: Shuʿayb b. Abī Ḥamzah, ʿAbd al-ʿAzīz b. Abī Salamah and Maʿmar give the Farewell Pilgrimage account, while Sufyān b. ʿUyaynah gives the Conquest date. Al-Sunan al-Kubrā, 13/24, ed. ʿAbd Allāh b. ʿAbd al-Muḥsin al-Turkī. ↩
-
Al-Bukhārī, Ṣaḥīḥ al-Bukhārī, 4/3, no.2744, from Saʿd b. Abī Waqqāṣ رضي الله عنه. ↩
-
Al-Bukhārī, Ṣaḥīḥ al-Bukhārī, 6/64, no.4654, from al-Barāʾ b. ʿĀzib رضي الله عنه. For the definition of kalālah, see Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/230, and the fuller explanation in Deeper Study, Question2. ↩
-
Al-Baghawī, Maʿālim al-Tanzīl, 1/581, from Maʿdān b. Abī Ṭalḥah reporting ʿUmar's sermon. ʿAbd al-Razzāq al-Mahdī grades the hadith ṣaḥīḥ and gives its takhrīj in Muslim, nos.567 and1617; al-Nasāʾī, al-Sunan al-Kubrā, no.11135; Aḥmad, al-Musnad, 1/15,27–28; and Abū Yaʿlā, no.184. Al-Jaṣṣāṣ gives the shorter wording, “The summer verse suffices you”: Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/18.
Rashīd Riḍā also records, through Ibn Rāhawayh and Ibn Mardawayh from Saʿīd b. al-Musayyab, an account in which ʿUmar first asks about kalālah and is directed to 4:12. After 4:176 is revealed, he still seeks clarification and asks Ḥafṣah to question the Prophet ﷺ when he is in good spirits. The reply in that account is أَبُوكِ ذَكَرَ لَكِ هَذَا؟ مَا أَرَى أَبَاكِ يَعْلَمُهَا أَبَدًا, “Did your father mention this to you? I do not think your father will ever understand it.” Riḍā describes the isnād as ṣaḥīḥ. After this and another account of ʿUmar’s hesitation, he nevertheless calls these narrations غَرِيبَةٌ فِي مَعْنَاهَا, “strange in their meaning,” because the matter had been clear to others of ʿUmar’s standing and below it. Tafsīr al-Manār, 4/346–347. ↩
-
Al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/475, through al-Shaʿbī. Ḥikmat Bashīr Yāsīn notes that al-Shaʿbī did not hear Abū Bakr or ʿUmar, but says the following narration through Ṭāwūs and Ibn ʿAbbās strengthens this account: Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 3/31, ed. Ḥikmat Bashīr Yāsīn, notes1–2. The wording and qualifications are explained in Deeper Study, Question2.
Al-Ṭabarī, 6/476, also records al-Sumayṭ's account of ʿUmar saying that he had once not understood kalālah, then defining it as excluding child and father. Saʿīd b. al-Musayyib relates that ʿUmar erased a document on kalālah as death approached and left others to form their judgment (al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/18). Abū al-Khayr relates ʿUqbah b. ʿĀmir's statement that no question had troubled the Companions as kalālah had (al-Baghawī, Maʿālim al-Tanzīl, 1/581). ↩
-
Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/230, through al-Zuhrī. Ḥikmat Bashīr Yāsīn states that al-Zuhrī did not hear ʿUmar, so this isnād is interrupted: the same work, 3/32, ed. Ḥikmat Bashīr Yāsīn. ↩
-
Quran.com, An-Nisāʾ 4:12, word-by-word Arabic, transliteration and English meanings. ↩
-
Al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/75; al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/12; Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/18; Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/229; Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/544; al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/520; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/499. Al-Khāzin, Lubāb al-Taʾwīl, 1/351, also includes a daughter's child. That departure from the rule stated here is examined in Deeper Study, Question1. ↩
-
Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/230; Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/98,105. Both expressly allow maternal siblings to inherit alongside the mother. The definition excluding child and father is also explained in al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/475; al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/76; al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/18; al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/522; Ibn al-ʿArabī, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 1/449.
Ibn Kathīr, 2/230, names the Companion and later authorities adopting the definition, including the seven jurists and four imams. Al-Ṭabarī, 6/480, preserves the child-only wording through Ṭāwūs from Ibn ʿAbbās concerning ʿUmar; al-Qurṭubī, 5/77, reports withdrawal from that position. The accounts, their attributed assessments and the conclusion followed here are set out in Deeper Study, Question2. ↩
-
al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/521; Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/19; Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/264; al-Zuḥaylī, al-Tafsīr al-Munīr, 4/278; al-Shanqīṭī, Aḍwāʾ al-Bayān, 1/369. ↩
-
Al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/483, records Saʿd b. Abī Waqqāṣ's recited wording specifying the mother's side; al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/78; al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/21; al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/523; Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/19; Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/99; Ibn al-ʿArabī, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 1/452. The proof identifying these siblings is developed in Deeper Study, Question3; the transmitted recited forms appear in Qirāʾāt. ↩
-
In the mushtarakah case, a husband receives half, a mother a sixth and maternal siblings a third, leaving nothing for the full brothers. Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/231, records the appeal to ʿUmar that the full brothers share the same mother, and his inclusion of them in the third; al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/79, records the case's names. Al-Saʿdī, Taysīr al-Karīm al-Raḥmān, p.168; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/500–501; and Abū Bakr al-Jazāʾirī, Aysar al-Tafāsīr, 1/446, favour excluding the full brothers. Ibn al-ʿArabī, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 1/453, supports sharing. Al-Shawkānī also names his separate discussion, al-Mabāḥith al-Durriyyah fī al-Masʾalah al-Ḥimāriyyah. The complete arguments are in Deeper Study, Question3. ↩
-
Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/266, requires clear evidence of harmful intent; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/501, and Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/100, likewise reject the bequest once its harmful purpose is established. Mawsūʿat al-Tafsīr al-Maʾthūr, 6/124, editorial note1553, quotes Ibn Taymiyyah on this principle.
For forms of harm, see al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/35; al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/524; Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/231; Ibn al-ʿArabī, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 1/453; al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/80; al-Nawawī, al-Minhāj Sharḥ Ṣaḥīḥ Muslim, 11/77; and Abū Bakr al-Jazāʾirī, Aysar al-Tafāsīr, 1/446. The rules include qualifications concerning the heirs' consent. An alternative position executes the bequest within the third. Al-Ālūsī expressly calls the harmful motive forbidden but distinguishes sin from legal effect: Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/441. Ibn Juzayy records execution as the well-known Mālikī position: al-Tashīl li-ʿUlūm al-Tanzīl, 2/25. Ibn ʿAbbās's warning, its attributed grades and the complete legal arguments appear in Deeper Study, Question4. ↩
-
Al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/487; Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/267; al-Zajjāj, Maʿānī al-Qurʾān wa-Iʿrābuh, 2/27; al-Wāḥidī, al-Wajīz, p.255; Ibn Kamāl Pāshā, Tafsīr Ibn Kamāl Bāshā, 3/37; Abū Bakr al-Jazāʾirī, Aysar al-Tafāsīr, 1/446. Al-Zajjāj expressly includes acceptance of repentance in his explanation. ↩
-
Ibn al-ʿArabī, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 1/450; al-Shanqīṭī, Aḍwāʾ al-Bayān, 1/369. ↩
-
Al-Baghawī, Maʿālim al-Tanzīl, 1/582, reports Abū Bakr's sermon. ↩
-
Aḥmad, al-Musnad, 29/210–211, no.17663, from ʿAmr b. Khārijah رضي الله عنه, ed. Shuʿayb al-Arnaʾūṭ. Al-Arnaʾūṭ grades the hadith ṣaḥīḥ li-ghayrihi, sound through supporting evidence, while grading this isnād weak because of Layth b. Abī Sulaym and Shahr b. Ḥawshab. His discussion cites supporting accounts, including Abū Umāmah's hadith for the prohibition of a bequest to an heir. The following narration, 29/212, no.17664, has the wording, “Allah has apportioned to every person his share of the inheritance, so no bequest is permissible for an heir.” ↩
-
Ibn Juzayy, al-Tashīl li-ʿUlūm al-Tanzīl, 1/402, and Ibn Kamāl Pāshā, Tafsīr Ibn Kamāl Bāshā, 2/19, describe the earlier ruling as abrogated. Ibn Kathīr places its obligation before the inheritance verses: Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/48. The editors of the Shuʿayb al-Arnaʾūṭ edition of Aḥmad's Musnad, 29/212, instead call the hadith a specification of 2:180 and retain the obligation of a bequest to close relatives who do not inherit. ↩
-
Al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/35, through ʿIkrimah from Ibn ʿAbbās رضي الله عنهما. After calling harm in a bequest a major sin, Ibn ʿAbbās recites the obedience and disobedience clauses and explains each as applying to the bequest. ↩
-
Al-Zarkashī, al-Burhān fī ʿUlūm al-Qurʾān, 2/280. ↩
-
Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/550; al-Biqāʿī, Naẓm al-Durar, 5/213; Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/100, 107. ↩
-
Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/95. He explains the husband's reduced share through the children's need for maintenance, describing three quarters as left for them. The remaining three quarters are not an exclusive fixed share for the children: other entitled heirs, including the deceased's parents under 4:11, may also receive from the estate. ↩
-
Al-Shāfiʿī, Tafsīr al-Imām al-Shāfiʿī, 2/539, citing al-Umm, the discussion of attaining sound judgment and restriction of financial disposal. He also distinguishes a woman's right to her dower from property bought with it when explaining its return upon divorce. ↩
-
Ibn al-ʿArabī, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 1/453; al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/80; al-Nawawī, al-Minhāj Sharḥ Ṣaḥīḥ Muslim, 11/77. The excess over one third is subject to the heirs' authorization, because the restriction protects their rights. Islamweb, fatwa 133708, requires those authorizing the excess to be adults of sound financial judgment. ↩
-
Al-Bukhārī, Ṣaḥīḥ al-Bukhārī, 4/3, records Ibn ʿAbbās's wish that people reduce their bequests to a quarter. Al-Suyūṭī, al-Durr al-Manthūr, 2/452, transmits ʿUmar's description of a third as moderate, neither deficient nor excessive. Al-Bayhaqī, al-Sunan al-Kubrā, 13/28, records Qatāda's account of the earlier counsel: a fifth was customary, a quarter demanding, and a third what judges allowed. Al-Nawawī, al-Minhāj, 11/77, recommends a third when the heirs are wealthy and less when they are poor. ↩
-
Islamweb, fatwa 105982, “Insurance belongs to the heirs, not to the agent”. The answer assumes that the deceased paid the policy contributions and appointed the questioner to collect the payment. It directs that the excess over his contributions be disposed of for public benefit. The wife in that case has an eighth of the lawful estate, the mother a sixth, and the two sons share the remainder. It also requires investigation of any other heirs, debts and prior claims before distribution. ↩
-
IslamQA, answer 255567, quoting the Permanent Committee, Fatāwā al-Lajnah al-Dāʾimah, 13/214 and 16/484. The first ruling concerns an immediate gift to a daughter who takes possession and can dispose of it; the second rejects a pretended sale intended to exclude heirs. Ibn Bāz, “The ruling on a bequest depriving some heirs of inheritance,” no. 14147, distinguishes gifts made in health from dispositions in the illness of death and stresses equitable treatment when giving to children. ↩
-
Al-Tirmidhī, Sunan al-Tirmidhī, 2/466, no. 996, from Ibn ʿUmar, chapter on encouragement to make a bequest. Shuʿayb al-Arnaʾūṭ grades the hadith ṣaḥīḥ and cites al-Bukhārī 2738, Muslim 1627, Abū Dāwūd 2862 and Ibn Mājah 2699. The accompanying quotation from al-Baghawī distinguishes a recommended discretionary bequest from the obligatory recording of debts, unfulfilled rights and entrusted property. ↩
-
Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/50, quoting Ibn ʿUmar's response to the hadith. ↩
-
Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/228; al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/73. ↩
-
Ṣāliḥ al-Fawzān, Majmūʿ Fatāwā, 2/628, quoted in IslamQA, answer 105462, answering a question about death before consummation. Al-Ālūsī, Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/438; Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/102; al-Zuḥaylī, al-Tafsīr al-Munīr, 4/277; al-Marāghī, Tafsīr al-Marāghī, 4/199. ↩
-
Islamweb, fatwa 50513, answers this comparison of the two verses. Al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/78, records Saʿd b. Abī Waqqāṣ's explanatory form adding “through the mother” and agreement on the maternal siblings intended here. See also al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/21; al-Zajjāj, Maʿānī al-Qurʾān wa-Iʿrābuh, 2/26; al-Wāḥidī, al-Wajīz, p. 255; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/500; Abū Bakr al-Jazāʾirī, Aysar al-Tafāsīr, 1/446. The maternal siblings' sixth or shared third differs from the full/paternal siblings' provisions at 4:176. ↩
-
Islamweb, fatwa 100630, answers a father who wanted to leave his only daughter more than her inheritance and contemplated a sale without payment. It prohibits the bequest and sham sale, while expressly discussing authorization by legally competent adult heirs. Ibn Bāz, fatwa 14147, states the prohibition on bequests to heirs and distinguishes completed gifts in health. For the no-bequest-to-an-heir hadith and its application: Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/232; al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/80; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/501; Ibn al-ʿArabī, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 1/453. The Arabic hadith and its primary citation appear in Thematic Connections. ↩
-
Islamweb, fatwas 6271 and 66519, address bequests of an entire estate by people without children; 133708 expressly requires adult, financially competent heirs for authorization. Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/51, records Saʿd's hadith; its Arabic and translation appear in Historical Context. Al-Nawawī, al-Minhāj, 11/77; Ibn al-ʿArabī, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 1/453; al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/80; al-Qāḍī ʿIyāḍ, Ikmāl al-Muʿlim, 5/364, discuss the limit and heirs' authorization. The Ẓāhirī refusal to validate an excess even with consent remains a separate position. ↩
-
Islamweb, fatwa 361636, concerns a brother seeking a share of blood money where the deceased's father had survived him and died ten years later; it quotes Ibn al-Mundhir's agreement statement. Al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/21; Abū Bakr al-Jazāʾirī, Aysar al-Tafāsīr, 1/446. Ibn al-Mundhir, al-Ijmāʿ, p. 71, quoted in IslamQA, answer 296383, separately states the exclusion of maternal siblings by the father or paternal grandfather. ↩
-
al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/75; Ibn Juzayy, al-Tashīl li-ʿUlūm al-Tanzīl, 2/22; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/499; Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/229; Majmaʿ al-Buḥūth al-Islāmiyya, al-Tafsīr al-Wasīṭ li-l-Qurʾān al-Karīm, 2/771–772. For the remaining estate and the treasury, Abū al-Suʿūd, Irshād al-ʿAql al-Salīm, 2/151. Ibn ʿAbbās’s رضي الله عنهما account of the assigned shares is in al-Bukhārī, Ṣaḥīḥ, 6/44, no. 4578. The report from Zayd b. Thābit رضي الله عنه is in Aḥmad b. Ḥanbal, al-Musnad, 35/501, no. 21639, ed. Shuʿayb al-Arnaʾūṭ, ʿĀdil Murshid and Saʿīd al-Laḥḥām. Al-Arnaʾūṭ’s note judges its isnād weak because Abū Bakr b. ʿAbd Allāh b. Abī Maryam is weak and none of the four named transmitters, Makḥūl, ʿAṭiyya b. Qays, Ḍamra b. Ḥabīb and Rāshid b. Saʿd, heard from Zayd, citing Ibn Ḥajar on the interruption. It separately affirms the ruling from 4:12 and 4:176. ↩
-
al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/474; Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/544; Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/95. ↩
-
Ibn Abī Ḥātim, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 3/885; al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/521; Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/96; al-Zuḥaylī, al-Tafsīr al-Munīr, 4/277; Mawsūʿat al-Tafsīr al-Maʾthūr, 6/113–114; Sayyid Quṭb, In the Shade of the Qurʾān, 47; al-Ālūsī, Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/438. ↩
-
al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/75; al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/12; Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/18; Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/544; Muḥammad ʿAlī al-Ṣābūnī, Ṣafwat al-Tafāsīr, 1/241; Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/103; Muḥammad Fārūq al-Zayn, Bayān al-Naẓm fī al-Qurʾān al-Karīm, 1/317; Ibn ʿĀdil, al-Lubāb fī ʿUlūm al-Kitāb, 6/223; Abū al-Suʿūd, Irshād al-ʿAql al-Salīm, 2/151; al-Bayḍāwī, Anwār al-Tanzīl wa-Asrār al-Taʾwīl, 2/63. ↩
-
al-Saʿdī, Taysīr al-Karīm al-Raḥmān, p. 168, reports consensus that daughters’ children are excluded. al-Khāzin, Lubāb al-Taʾwīl fī Maʿānī al-Tanzīl, 1/351, expressly includes a daughter’s child alongside a child and a son’s child: ولا فرق بين الولد وولد الابن وولد البنت في ذلك, “There is no difference in this between the child, the son’s child and the daughter’s child.” ↩
-
al-Ālūsī, Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/439; Muḥammad Rashīd Riḍā, Tafsīr al-Manār, 4/344. Both record وروي عن ابن عباس أن ولد الولد لا يحجب, “It is reported from Ibn ʿAbbās that a grandchild does not reduce the share.” Neither passage gives an isnād or a judgment on it. ↩
-
al-Ālūsī, Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/438; Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/93, 102; al-Zuḥaylī, al-Tafsīr al-Munīr, 4/277; al-Marāghī, Tafsīr al-Marāghī, 4/199. Riḍā describes the wives as those in whom marriage has been fulfilled “in its fullest sense through consummation”, Tafsīr al-Manār, 4/344; Muḥammad Fārūq al-Zayn similarly writes “your wives with whom you have consummated”, Bayān al-Naẓm fī al-Qurʾān al-Karīm, 1/317.
Ibn al-Qayyim, al-Tafsīr al-Qayyim, p. 135, connects the choice of أَزْوَاجُكُمْ, “your spouses,” with the affinity implied by marriage. He relates it to the rule that a Muslim and a non-Muslim do not inherit from one another: والمؤمن والكافر لا تشاكل بينهما ولا تناسب. فلا يقع بينهما التوارث, “The believer and the unbeliever have neither likeness nor affinity between them, so mutual inheritance does not take place between them.” ↩
-
Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/102; Muftī Muḥammad Shafīʿ, Maʿārif al-Qurʾān, English translation, p. 354; Mālik, al-Mudawwana, 2/88. Ibn ʿUthaymīn excludes divorce in health, recovery from the illness followed by an unrelated death, an illness not feared to be fatal at the time of divorce, and separation at the wife’s request. The Mālikī condition concerns the illness restricting the husband’s disposal of his property, and requires that he die of that illness. On the example of the divorced woman who subsequently marries, the answer in the Mudawwana gives her inheritance rather than an additional bequest, since she remains an heir under this ruling. Maʿārif al-Qurʾān also specifies the longer applicable waiting period and excludes a separation obtained by the wife through khulʿ. ↩
-
al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/76. ↩
-
Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/263. ↩
-
Muḥammad Rashīd Riḍā, Tafsīr al-Manār, 4/345; al-Marāghī, Tafsīr al-Marāghī, 4/200. ↩
-
Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/229; al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/13; Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/18; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/499; al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/520; Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/545; al-Zamakhsharī, al-Kashshāf, 1/485; al-Baghawī, Maʿālim al-Tanzīl, 1/580; al-Zuḥaylī, al-Tafsīr al-Munīr, 4/278; Muḥammad Rashīd Riḍā, Tafsīr al-Manār, 4/345; Abū Bakr al-Jazāʾirī, Aysar al-Tafāsīr, 1/446; Abū al-Suʿūd, Irshād al-ʿAql al-Salīm, 2/151; Mawdūdī, Towards Understanding the Qurʾān, section on 4:12. ↩
-
al-Nasafī, Madārik al-Tanzīl wa-Ḥaqāʾiq al-Taʾwīl, 1/338. ↩
-
Ibn Rajab, Tafsīr Ibn Rajab, 1/294. ↩
-
Ibn Kamāl Pāshā, Tafsīr Ibn Kamāl Bāshā, 3/34. ↩
-
al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/520; Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/544; al-Biqāʿī, Naẓm al-Durar, 5/208. ↩
-
Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/263. ↩
-
al-Nasafī, Madārik al-Tanzīl wa-Ḥaqāʾiq al-Taʾwīl, 1/338. ↩
-
Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/263. ↩
-
Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/98, ed. Ibrāhīm b. Muḥammad Qāsim al-Mayman: مِثْلُ: رَجُلٍ مَاتَ عَنْ إِخْوَةٍ، أَوْ عَنْ أَعْمَامٍ، أَوْ عَنْ بَنِي إِخْوَةٍ، أَوْ عَنْ بَنِي أَعْمَامٍ, “For example, a man who dies leaving brothers, paternal uncles, brothers’ sons or paternal uncles’ sons.” For the wreath derivation, see Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr, 2/230; al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/76; al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/20; Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/18; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/499; al-Khāzin, Lubāb al-Taʾwīl, 1/351. Al-Ṭabarī explains the related expression تَكَلَّلَهُ النَّسَبُ as kinship surrounding a person: Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/475. For further lexical discussion, see al-Bukhārī, Ṣaḥīḥ al-Bukhārī, 6/50; Ibn Fāris, Maqāyīs al-Lughah, 5/121; Ibn Manẓūr, Lisān al-ʿArab, 11/592; al-Rāghib, al-Mufradāt, p.720; al-Marāghī, Tafsīr, 4/200. ↩
-
Mālik distinguishes maternal siblings in 4:12 from siblings inheriting as residuaries at the sūrah’s end: Mawsūʿat al-Tafsīr al-Maʾthūr, 6/116–117, entry 16577. Makkī reports that most scholars identify the first provision with maternal siblings and the last with full siblings: al-Hidāya ilā Bulūgh al-Nihāya, 2/1248. See also Ibn Manẓūr, Lisān al-ʿArab, 11/593. ↩
-
Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/230, ed. Sāmī al-Salāmah; 3/31–32, ed. Ḥikmat Bashīr Yāsīn; Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/98,105, ed. Ibrāhīm b. Muḥammad Qāsim al-Mayman; al-Saʿdī, Taysīr al-Karīm al-Raḥmān, p.168. Ibn ʿUthaymīn specifies لَيْسَ هُنَاكَ فُرُوعٌ وَلَا أُصُولٌ ذُكُورٌ, “There are no descendants or male ascendants,” and adds that maternal siblings inherit alongside female ascendants. For the express preference and definition cited in the conclusion, see al-Shanqīṭī, Aḍwāʾ al-Bayān, 1/369; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/499. Ibn Kathīr names ʿAlī, Ibn Masʿūd, Ibn ʿAbbās and Zayd b. Thābit رضي الله عنهم, followed by al-Shaʿbī, al-Nakhaʿī, al-Ḥasan, Qatādah, Jābir b. Zayd and al-Ḥakam, the jurists of Medina, Kufa and Basra, the seven jurists and four imams. In discussing the sequence of the verse, Ibn al-ʿArabī pictures a person who has lost father, son and spouse and left siblings. His following discussion of the legal definitions gives the principal position as one who has neither child nor father: Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 1/449, questions 4–5. The mention of the spouse belongs to the first explanation of the sequence; it is not included among the conditions in the second. ↩
-
For the Ḥanafī position, al-Sarakhsī, al-Mabsūṭ, 17/53; al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/17, 20. See also al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/475, 481–482; Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/230, ed. Sāmī al-Salāmah; al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/76; al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/521–522; Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/19; Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/545–546; al-Khāzin, Lubāb al-Taʾwīl, 1/351; Ibn al-ʿArabī, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 1/449–450; Ibn Rajab, Tafsīr, 1/290; al-Zajjāj, Maʿānī al-Qurʾān wa-Iʿrābuh, 2/25–26; al-Wāḥidī, al-Tafsīr al-Basīṭ, 6/367; Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/264; al-Zuḥaylī, al-Tafsīr al-Munīr, 4/278; al-Shanqīṭī, Aḍwāʾ al-Bayān, 1/369–370; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/499; al-Saʿdī, Taysīr al-Karīm al-Raḥmān, p. 168; Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/98. Al-Rāzī calls Abū Bakr’s definition the chosen and correct position; al-Shanqīṭī attributes it to Abū Bakr and most Companions and expressly endorses it. Al-Ṭabarī applies the term to the heirs other than child and father; the noun’s referent is discussed separately below. Darwīsh, Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān wa-Bayānuh, 2/176, transmits al-Shalawbīn’s account of a grammatical discussion using the exclusion of ascending fathers and descending sons; this is a transmitted grammatical explanation. ↩
-
Al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/21, records the Ṭāwūs report from Ibn ʿAbbās: maternal siblings receive the sixth by which their presence reduces the mother’s share, even when both parents survive. He calls it قَوْلٌ شَاذٌّ, “an exceptional position,” and cites the contrary definition also transmitted from Ibn ʿAbbās. See also al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/479–480; Ibn al-Mundhir, Tafsīr, 2/592, no.1442; al-Māwardī, al-Nukat wa-l-ʿUyūn, 1/460; Ibn al-Jawzī, Zād al-Masīr, 1/380. ↩
-
Al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/522, records the argument from لَيْسَ لَهُ وَلَدٌ, “he has no child,” and answers it through the sibling-inheritance provision. ↩
-
Al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/522; al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/21; al-Zuḥaylī, al-Tafsīr al-Munīr, 4/278; Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/19. Ibn Rajab gives an additional argument from the closeness of the direct family line: the child’s exclusion points all the more to the father’s, since the person belongs to his father in a more immediate sense than his own child belongs to him. Tafsīr Ibn Rajab, 1/290. ↩
-
Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/264. ↩
-
Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/546; Muḥammad b. Naṣr al-Marwazī’s explanation in Ibn al-Mundhir, Tafsīr, 2/593, no.1444. ↩
-
Ibn al-ʿArabī, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 1/451. Al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/21, distinguishes the undisputed exclusion of maternal siblings by the grandfather from the disagreement over other siblings. He argues from the son’s son, the grandfather’s place in the direct family line, and the maternal siblings’ exclusion in this verse. ↩
-
Ibn al-ʿArabī, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 1/451. Al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/21, distinguishes the undisputed exclusion of maternal siblings by the grandfather from the disagreement over other siblings. He argues from the son’s son, the grandfather’s place in the direct family line, and the maternal siblings’ exclusion in this verse. ↩
-
Al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/522; quoted by Muḥammad Rashīd Riḍā, Tafsīr al-Manār, 4/346. ↩
-
Al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/19–20. He proposes the child-as-part-of-the-parent explanation with وَيُشْبِهُ أَنْ يَكُونَ, “It may be that…,” rather than quoting it as an early authority’s stated reasoning. His own argument from kinship supports excluding both child and father. Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/19, likewise rejects the child-only and father-only alternatives. ↩
-
The Arabic quoted above follows Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/264. Other citations of the line have variants including وَجًى and حَفًا for physical hurt or soreness, and تُلَاقِي in place of أُلَاقِي: al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/77; al-Ālūsī, Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/439; al-Bayḍāwī, Anwār al-Tanzīl wa-Asrār al-Taʾwīl, 2/64; Muḥammad ʿAlī Ṭāhā al-Durra, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-Karīm wa-Iʿrābuh wa-Bayānuh, 2/388. ↩
-
Muftī Muḥammad Shafīʿ, Maʿāriful Qurʾān, English translation, pp. 347–348. He introduces the best-known definition as a person dying with “no ascendants and descendants,” then discusses al-Ālūsī’s derivation through the relative weakness of relationships other than “father and son.” He applies the word to the deceased leaving “no son or father” and to the heir who is “neither the son nor the father,” explains an understood “person with,” and records later estate usage. His opening description says “no children or parents”; his operative legal explanation on p. 348 specifies neither father nor grandfather nor children. For al-Shanqīṭī’s preferred circumstantial explanation and uncommon estate usage, see Aḍwāʾ al-Bayān, 1/369–370. ↩
-
Al-Shanqīṭī, Aḍwāʾ al-Bayān, 1/369–370, records the wreath, weariness and back derivations. See also al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/522; al-Zamakhsharī, al-Kashshāf, 1/485; al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/77; al-Samīn al-Ḥalabī, al-Durr al-Maṣūn, 3/607; al-Zuḥaylī, al-Tafsīr al-Munīr, 4/271; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/500; al-Zamakhsharī, Asās al-Balāghah, 2/145. ↩
-
Ibn Qutayba explains the absence of the father and child as the loss of the two ends of the family line. Ibn Manẓūr transmits al-Akhfash’s account of hearing this explanation from al-Farrāʾ; al-Wāḥidī records two formulations from Thaʿlab through al-Mundhirī. See Ibn Manẓūr, Lisān al-ʿArab, 11/592; Ibn al-Jawzī, Zād al-Masīr, 1/380; al-Samīn al-Ḥalabī, ʿUmdat al-Ḥuffāẓ, 3/426; al-Wāḥidī, al-Tafsīr al-Basīṭ, 6/368. For the different derivation from kall, “the back,” see al-Ālūsī, Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/439, reporting al-Ḥusayn b. ʿAlī al-Maghribī; al-Shanqīṭī, Aḍwāʾ al-Bayān, 1/370. ↩
-
Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/264, gives the displayed wording. Other citations have الْمُلْك, “kingship,” for الْمَجْد, “glory,” and غَيْر for لَا. Al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/20, explains inheritance through fathers, not brothers or uncles. Al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/522, uses the contrast to exclude the father from kalālah. The line also appears in al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ, 5/76; Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/545; Ibn al-ʿArabī, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 1/448; al-Rāghib, al-Mufradāt, p.720; Ibn Fāris, Maqāyīs al-Lughah, 5/122; Ibn Manẓūr, Lisān al-ʿArab, 11/592. ↩
-
al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/77; al-Zajjāj, Maʿānī al-Qurʾān wa-Iʿrābuh, 2/26; Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/19; Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/264; Ibn al-ʿArabī, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 1/448; al-Thaʿlabī, al-Kashf wa-l-Bayān, 10/123; Ibn Manẓūr, Lisān al-ʿArab, 11/593. ↩
-
Al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/20, explicitly says that the term was known in the Jāhiliyyah and interprets ʿĀmir’s verse through the ancestor connecting the kin and leadership earned by the poet himself. Ibn Manẓūr, Lisān al-ʿArab, 11/593, also cites the witness. Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/264, says وَأَحْسَبُ أَنَّ ذَلِكَ مِنْ مُصْطَلَحِ الْقُرْآنِ, “I think that this is Qurʾānic terminology,” of its application to the inheritance of more distant kin. ↩
-
Al-Shanqīṭī writes وَالتَّحْقِيقُ أَنَّ الْمُرَادَ بِالْكَلَالَةِ عَدَمُ الْأُصُولِ وَالْفُرُوعِ, “The correct understanding is that kalālah means the absence of ascendants and descendants,” and explicitly endorses Abū Bakr’s and most Companions’ definition. When explaining the noun as a description of the deceased, he writes الميت الذي لم يخلف والداً ولا ولداً, “the deceased who has left neither father nor child.” His versified explanation is quoted above. Aḍwāʾ al-Bayān, 1/369. For the agreement claims, see Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr, 2/230; al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/18; Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/19. Al-Jaṣṣāṣ writes اتَّفَقَتْ الصَّحَابَةُ عَلَى أَنَّ الْوَلَدَ لَيْسَ مِنْ الْكَلَالَةِ وَاخْتَلَفُوا فِي الْوَالِدِ, “The Companions agreed that the child is not included in kalālah, and disagreed about the father.” Sulaym b. ʿAbd reports agreement on excluding both in al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/478; Mawsūʿat al-Tafsīr al-Maʾthūr, 6/115, no.16570. See also al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ, 5/76; Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr, 4/264; al-Saʿdī, Taysīr, p.168; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/499; Ibn Rajab, Tafsīr, 1/290; Sayyid Quṭb, In the Shade of the Qurʾān, p.47. ↩
-
ʿUmar’s repeated question and the Prophet’s ﷺ direction to the “summer verse” are reported by Maʿdān b. Abī Ṭalḥah in al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/18. Al-Baghawī explains that the later kalālah verse clarifies the earlier provision: Maʿālim al-Tanzīl, 1/581. ʿUmar’s wish for fuller instruction concerning kalālah, the grandfather and usury is recorded in Ibn al-Mundhir, Tafsīr, 2/591, no.1440. Al-Jaṣṣāṣ records a different enumeration through Sufyān, ʿAmr b. Murrah and Murrah, from ʿUmar: الْكَلَالَةُ وَالْخِلَافَةُ وَالرِّبَا, “kalālah, the caliphate and usury,” Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/18. ↩
-
al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/19; Ibn al-ʿArabī, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 1/450. ↩
-
Al-Shaʿbī reports Abū Bakr’s definition and ʿUmar’s reluctance to disagree with him. Yāsīn writes: وسنده منقطع فإن الشعبي لم يسمع أبا بكر ولا عمر، ويتقوى بالرواية التالية, “Its chain is interrupted, for al-Shaʿbī did not hear Abū Bakr or ʿUmar; it is strengthened by the following narration.” That narration is Ibn Abī Ḥātim’s report through Ṭāwūs from Ibn ʿAbbās, describing his last meeting with ʿUmar and ending الْكَلالَةُ: مَنْ لَا وَلَدَ لَهُ وَلا وَالِدَ, “Kalālah is one who has neither child nor father.” Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 3/31, ed. Ḥikmat Bashīr Yāsīn, notes 1–2; Ibn Abī Ḥātim, Tafsīr, 3/887, no. 4933. ↩
-
Ibn ʿAbbās’s explanation through ʿAlī b. Abī Ṭalḥa is graded ḥasan by Ḥikmat Bashīr Yāsīn, al-Ṣaḥīḥ al-Masbūr, 2/16. ↩
-
The wording quoted by al-Rāghib’s editor is فمن لم يترك ولدا ولا والدا فورثته كلالة, “Whoever leaves neither child nor father, his heirs are kalālah.” Ibn Rajab identifies Abū Salamah b. ʿAbd al-Raḥmān’s mursal report in Abū Dāwūd’s al-Marāsīl. He also records al-Ḥākim’s connected version through Abū Salamah from Abū Hurayrah and al-Ḥākim’s authentication, but judges the connection through Abū Hurayrah weak. Dāwūdī’s note separately cites al-Dhahabī’s criticism of al-Ḥimmānī in that chain. Ibn Rajab, Tafsīr Ibn Rajab, 1/290; Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/230; al-Rāghib, al-Mufradāt, p. 720, note by ed. Ṣafwān ʿAdnān Dāwūdī. ↩
-
Yāsīn writes of the longer Ṭāwūs wording, وسنده صحيح صححه الحافظ ابن حجر, “Its chain is sound; al-Ḥāfiẓ Ibn Ḥajar authenticated it,” citing al-Talkhīṣ al-Ḥabīr, 3/89. He also records al-Ḥākim’s authentication and al-Dhahabī’s agreement. Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 3/31, ed. Ḥikmat Bashīr Yāsīn, note 2. ↩
-
Ibn Abī Ḥātim transmits through Muḥammad b. ʿAbd Allāh b. Yazīd, Sufyān b. ʿUyaynah, Sulaymān al-Aḥwal, Ṭāwūs and Ibn ʿAbbās: الْكَلالَةُ: مَنْ لَا وَلَدَ لَهُ وَلا وَالِدَ, “Kalālah is one who has neither child nor father.” Ibn Kathīr explicitly cites Ibn Abī Ḥātim. Al-Ṭabarī’s route through Ibn Wakīʿ, Ibn ʿUyaynah, Sulaymān al-Aḥwal and Ṭāwūs, and Ibn al-Mundhir’s route through Muḥammad b. Naṣr, Muḥammad b. al-Ṣabbāḥ, Sufyān, Sulaymān b. Abī Muslim and Ṭāwūs, give مَنْ لَا وَلَدَ لَهُ, “one who has no child.” Al-Turkī cites ʿAbd al-Razzāq no. 19188 with the uncertain addition حسبت أنه قال: ولا والد, “I think he said: ‘and no father.’” Ibn Abī Ḥātim, Tafsīr, 3/887, no. 4933; Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/230; Ibn al-Mundhir, Tafsīr, 2/592, no. 1442; al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/480–481, ed. ʿAbd Allāh b. ʿAbd al-Muḥsin al-Turkī; al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/21. Al-Turkī’s note also quotes al-Ḥākim’s authentication of the Ṭāwūs report as meeting the conditions of al-Bukhārī and Muslim, al-Dhahabī’s agreement, and al-Bayhaqī’s contrary assessment: al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/481, ed. ʿAbd Allāh b. ʿAbd al-Muḥsin al-Turkī. ↩
-
Al-Bayhaqī prefers the other reported definitions because they better agree with the Qurʾān and Sunnah and converge against this isolated wording; his words are quoted by al-Turkī in al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/481. Al-Jaṣṣāṣ rejects the contrary Ibn ʿAbbās ruling at Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/21. Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/230, quotes Ibn al-Labbān’s statement that a contrary account is reported from Ibn ʿAbbās. The passage continues: والصحيح عنه الأول, “The sound account from him is the first,” referring to the definition excluding child and father. ↩
-
Ibn al-Mundhir, Tafsīr, 2/592, no. 1443, through Isḥāq b. Ibrāhīm al-Dabarī, ʿAbd al-Razzāq, Ibn ʿUyaynah, ʿĀṣim b. Sulaymān and al-Shaʿbī, explicitly reports ʿUmar’s change after he was stabbed. Al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/77; Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/545; and Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/264, also report withdrawal. Their passages ascribe the child-only definition and subsequent withdrawal to Abū Bakr as well as ʿUmar, without setting out a chain for the Abū Bakr ascription. Al-Shawkānī quotes Ibn ʿAbd al-Barr’s withdrawal statement in Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/500. Al-Rāzī records ʿUmar’s withdrawal and, separately, a report of continued uncertainty in Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/521. ↩
-
Ibn al-Mundhir, Tafsīr, 2/592, no. 1441, relates through Abū Rāfiʿ that ʿUmar, after being stabbed, said وَاعْلَمُوا أَنِّي لَمْ أَقُلْ فِي الْكَلالَةِ شَيْئًا, “Know that I have said nothing concerning kalālah.” His no. 1442 gives the Ṭāwūs account with the child-only ending; no. 1443 separately reports withdrawal through al-Shaʿbī. Al-Jaṣṣāṣ concludes that the reports show ʿUmar had not decided: تَدُلُّ عَلَى أَنَّهُ لَمْ يَقْطَعْ فِيهَا بِشَيْءٍ, “They indicate that he did not reach a decisive conclusion about it” (Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/18). Al-Rāzī records both withdrawal and suspension of judgment (Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/521). Rashīd Riḍā finds the reports of prolonged uncertainty difficult to understand because he considers the meaning clear (Tafsīr al-Manār, 4/347). For the withdrawal accounts, see also al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ, 5/77; Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/545; Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr, 4/264; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/500. ↩
-
Al-Shanqīṭī, Aḍwāʾ al-Bayān, 1/369. ↩
-
Qatāda’s report from Abū Bakr concerns maternal siblings. Yāsīn notes that its chain is interrupted because Qatāda did not hear Abū Bakr. Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 3/32, note by ed. Ḥikmat Bashīr Yāsīn. ↩
-
Muftī Muḥammad Shafīʿ, Maʿāriful Qurʾān, English translation, pp. 347–348.
Maẓharī uses kalālah more broadly when discussing sibling inheritance in general: he understands the excluded ascendants and descendants as male, so that a mother or daughter may survive. He supports this through Jābir’s circumstances as he relates them and the inheritance of siblings alongside a mother or daughter. When he turns specifically to maternal siblings, however, he excludes them in the presence of a child, a son’s descendant, a father or a paternal grandfather, while allowing them to inherit with the mother. Al-Tafsīr al-Maẓharī, vol. 2, part 2, pp. 33, 35. ↩
-
al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/17; al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/522; Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/546–547; Abū al-Suʿūd, Irshād al-ʿAql al-Salīm, 2/152; Ibn Manẓūr, Lisān al-ʿArab, 11/593; al-Samīn al-Ḥalabī, ʿUmdat al-Ḥuffāẓ, 3/426; al-Wāḥidī, al-Tafsīr al-Basīṭ, 6/371; Muḥammad ʿAlī Ṭāhā al-Durra, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-Karīm wa-Iʿrābuh wa-Bayānuh, 2/388; Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/265; al-Zuḥaylī, al-Tafsīr al-Munīr, 4/271; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/499; Abū Bakr al-Jazāʾirī, Aysar al-Tafāsīr, 1/445; al-Wāḥidī, al-Wajīz, 255; al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/480; Ibn Abī Ḥātim, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 3/887; al-Baghawī, Maʿālim al-Tanzīl, 1/581; Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/19; Ibn al-Jawzī, Zād al-Masīr, 1/381. ↩
-
al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/17; al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/481–482; al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/78; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/500; Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/546. ↩
-
The explanations include collateral heirs and the deceased who has no father or child. Al-Thaʿlabī also attributes to al-Akhfash the formula كل من لم يرثه أب أو أم فهو كلالة, “Everyone whom neither father nor mother inherits is kalālah.” His editor, Khālid b. ʿAlī al-Ghāmidī, says he did not find those words in al-Akhfash and found their like in Abū ʿUbayda’s Majāz al-Qurʾān, 1/118. Abū ʿUbayda is also quoted with a wording excluding a brother; Ibn ʿAbd al-Barr rejects that addition, as al-Qurṭubī records at 5/77. Ibn al-Mundhir, Tafsīr Ibn al-Mundhir, 2/594; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/500; Ibn al-Mundhir, Tafsīr Ibn al-Mundhir, 2/595; Ibn Manẓūr, Lisān al-ʿArab, 11/592; Ibn al-ʿArabī, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 1/448; Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/545; al-Thaʿlabī, al-Kashf wa-l-Bayān, 10/122, with the note by ed. Khālid b. ʿAlī al-Ghāmidī; al-Wāḥidī, al-Tafsīr al-Basīṭ, 6/368; al-Bukhārī, Ṣaḥīḥ al-Bukhārī, 6/50; Ibn Fāris, Maqāyīs al-Lugha, 5/121; Ibn al-Jawzī, Zād al-Masīr, 1/380; al-Khāzin, Lubāb al-Taʾwīl fī Maʿānī al-Tanzīl, 1/351; Ibn Qudāma, al-Mughnī, 6/307. ↩
-
Ibn al-Jawzī and al-Māwardī record al-Ḥakam’s father-only definition and the lexicographer Ibn al-Aʿrābī’s explanation as distant cousins. Al-Turkī notes that Ibn Abī Shayba instead transmits al-Ḥakam’s wording as excluding both child and father. Al-Thaʿlabī ascribes the maternal-sibling explanation to ʿAṭiyya and the paternal-sibling explanation to ʿUbayd b. ʿUmayr; his editor says he did not locate either report elsewhere. Ibn al-Jawzī, Zād al-Masīr, 1/380; al-Māwardī, al-Nukat wa-l-ʿUyūn, 1/460; al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/479, with the note by ed. ʿAbd Allāh b. ʿAbd al-Muḥsin al-Turkī; al-Thaʿlabī, al-Kashf wa-l-Bayān, 10/121, with the notes by ed. Khālid b. ʿAlī al-Ghāmidī. ↩
-
al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/18; al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/522; Ibn Manẓūr, Lisān al-ʿArab, 11/592–593; al-Biqāʿī, Naẓm al-Durar, 5/211; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/500; al-Wāḥidī, al-Tafsīr al-Basīṭ, 6/369; al-Samīn al-Ḥalabī, ʿUmdat al-Ḥuffāẓ, 3/426; al-Khāzin, Lubāb al-Taʾwīl fī Maʿānī al-Tanzīl, 1/351; Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/265; Muḥammad Rashīd Riḍā, Tafsīr al-Manār, 4/346; Mawsūʿat al-Tafsīr al-Maʾthūr, 6/117, note by ed. Musāʿid b. Sulaymān al-Ṭayyār; al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/523; al-Zamakhsharī, Asās al-Balāgha, 2/145.
Al-Māwardī attributes the deceased-person explanation to Ibn ʿAbbās and al-Suddī, the living-heir explanation to Ibn ʿUmar, and the explanation embracing both to Ibn Zayd: al-Nukat wa-l-ʿUyūn, 1/461. ↩
-
Saʿīd b. Jubayr’s explanation through ʿAṭāʾ b. Dīnār appears in Ibn Abī Ḥātim, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 3/887, no.4935. See also the explanations ascribed to him in al-Thaʿlabī, al-Kashf wa-l-Bayān, 10/120; al-Ālūsī, Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/440. ↩
-
Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/546. ↩
-
Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/546, assigns the ‘every heir’ explanation to al-Rāghib. Al-Rāghib instead introduces it with وقال بعضهم, ‘Some said,’ and rejects the inference from the poem: al-Mufradāt, p. 720, ed. Ṣafwān ʿAdnān Dāwūdī. His text has وَالْمَرْءُ يَبْخَلُ فِي الْحُقُوقِ ... وَلِلْكَلَالَةِ مَا يُسِيم, ‘A man is miserly concerning what is due, while what he pastures is for his kalālah relatives.’ Dāwūdī attributes that version to Yazīd b. al-Ḥakam, citing al-Tabrīzī’s Sharḥ al-Ḥamāsa, 3/106. Al-Rāghib’s answer is that the poet specifically means collateral kin, inheritance by whom may be less welcome than inheritance by one’s own children. ↩
-
Al-Shanqīṭī, Aḍwāʾ al-Bayān, 1/369–370; Muftī Muḥammad Shafīʿ, Maʿāriful Qurʾān, English translation, pp. 347–348. ↩
-
Al-Shanqīṭī, Aḍwāʾ al-Bayān, 1/369–370, records the four uses and prefers يُورَثُ فِي حَالِ كَوْنِهِ ذَا كَلَالَةٍ, “he is inherited from while being a person with kalālah kinship,” describing al-Zajjāj’s choice as وَهُوَ الْأَظْهَرُ, “the more apparent interpretation.” Ibn ʿUthaymīn instead explains يُورَثُ إِرْثَ كَلَالَةٍ, “he is inherited from through a kalālah inheritance,” as a mafʿūl muṭlaq (مفعول مطلق) specifying the kind of inheritance: Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/98, ed. Ibrāhīm b. Muḥammad Qāsim al-Mayman. For the word’s several uses, see al-Zamakhsharī, al-Kashshāf, 1/485; al-Ālūsī, Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/439–440; Abū al-Suʿūd, Irshād al-ʿAql al-Salīm, 2/151; Ibn Juzayy, al-Tashīl, 2/23; Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/546; al-Samīn al-Ḥalabī, al-Durr al-Maṣūn, 3/606; al-Qāsimī, Maḥāsin al-Taʾwīl, 3/43. Al-Ṭabarī’s preference for the heirs is at Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/481–482. ↩
-
The estate interpretation is ascribed to ʿAṭāʾ. Ibn al-ʿArabī calls it unsupported, and Ibn ʿAṭiyya objects that the idea of encircling does not describe wealth. Al-Qurṭubī answers لَهُ وَجْهٌ يَتَبَيَّنُ بِالْإِعْرَابِ, ‘It has a basis that becomes clear through grammatical analysis,’ and explains an adjective qualifying an understood noun of inheritance. Al-Shanqīṭī calls this usage uncommon. al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/77; al-Thaʿlabī, al-Kashf wa-l-Bayān, 10/120; Ibn al-ʿArabī, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 1/449,451; Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/19; al-Shanqīṭī, Aḍwāʾ al-Bayān, 1/369. ↩
-
Al-Qurṭubī treats the active forms as referring to heirs or property, whereas Abū Ḥayyān also allows kalālah as a circumstantial description of the deceased. al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/474; al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/77; al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/20; al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/523; Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/546; Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/19; Ibn al-ʿArabī, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 1/447; al-Zajjāj, Maʿānī al-Qurʾān wa-Iʿrābuh, 2/25; al-Akhfash, Maʿānī al-Qurʾān, 1/250; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/500. ↩
-
Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/230, ed. Sāmī al-Salāmah; 3/31–32, ed. Ḥikmat Bashīr Yāsīn; al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/521–522; al-Shanqīṭī, Aḍwāʾ al-Bayān, 1/369; Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/98, 105, ed. Ibrāhīm b. Muḥammad Qāsim al-Mayman. ↩
-
Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/230. ↩
-
al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/500. al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/484; al-Ālūsī, Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/441. ↩
-
al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/500. ↩
-
al-Zajjāj, Maʿānī al-Qurʾān wa-Iʿrābuh, 2/26; al-Wāḥidī, al-Tafsīr al-Basīṭ, 6/373, giving the proof as Abū Isḥāq's; al-Samīn al-Ḥalabī, al-Durr al-Maṣūn, 3/611. Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/19. ↩
-
al-Zuḥaylī, al-Tafsīr al-Munīr, 4/279; Muḥammad Fārūq al-Zayn, Bayān al-Naẓm fī al-Qurʾān al-Karīm, 1/318; Muḥammad Rashīd Riḍā, Tafsīr al-Manār, 4/347. ↩
-
Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/265. ↩
-
In the account through al-Qāsim b. Rabīʿa, he reads the verse to Saʿd, who adds “through his mother.” Saʿd’s wording is recorded by al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/483; Ibn Abī Ḥātim, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 3/888; al-Suyūṭī, al-Durr al-Manthūr, 2/448; and al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/502. Ḥikmat Bashīr Yāsīn, in his note to Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 3/32, cites Ibn Abī Shayba, al-Muṣannaf, 11/417, no. 11650, and calls its chain ḥasan. Al-Wāḥidī also reports مِنْ أُمِّهِ, “through his mother,” from Ibn ʿAbbās through ʿAṭāʾ, al-Tafsīr al-Basīṭ, 6/373. His editor, Muḥammad b. Ḥamad al-Muḥaymīd, reports finding that account only in al-Wāḥidī’s al-Wasīṭ, 2/472; he also mentions its appearance in Tanwīr al-Miqbās. Ibn Kathīr, 3/32, records Qatāda’s account from Abū Bakr; Yāsīn notes that Qatāda did not hear from Abū Bakr and that the chain is interrupted. ↩
-
Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/547; al-Zamakhsharī, al-Kashshāf, 1/486. Maẓharī records a further attribution to Ibn Masʿūd but quotes Ibn Ḥajar as saying that he had not seen it from him: al-Tafsīr al-Maẓharī, vol. 2, part 2, p. 34. ↩
-
Al-Thaʿlabī, al-Kashf wa-l-Bayān, 10/124, ed. Khālid b. ʿAlī al-Ghāmidī. Al-Ghāmidī calls this a shādhdh reading, not recited as Qurʾān, and says that treating it as an explanation from Saʿd is closer. Ibn Juzayy, al-Tashīl li-ʿUlūm al-Tanzīl, 2/24, describes the added words as an explanation of the meaning. ↩
-
Al-Ālūsī, Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/440, records acceptance and rejection of using a shādhdh reading as proof. Al-Qāsimī, Maḥāsin al-Taʾwīl, 3/46, quotes al-Karkhī’s comparison with khabar al-āḥād, since the reading is not a matter of personal opinion. He then records acceptance from al-Shāfiʿī through al-Buwayṭī, followed by most of his school, and gives their argument: failure to establish the wording as Qurʾān does not remove its evidential value as a report. Maẓharī states that a non-mutawātir reading is acted upon if its chain is sound, attributing this to Abū Ḥanīfa and saying that al-Shāfiʿī differs in legal theory: al-Tafsīr al-Maẓharī, vol. 2, part 2, p. 34. The attribution to al-Shāfiʿī therefore differs between these accounts. ↩
-
Muḥammad Rashīd Riḍā, Tafsīr al-Manār, 4/347. ↩
-
Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/99. ↩
-
Al-Qurṭubī and al-Jaṣṣāṣ explicitly report agreement on the maternal identification. Rashīd Riḍā describes agreement among the Companions; Makkī describes the position as that of most scholars, and al-Ālūsī as that of the generality of commentators, some of whom report agreement. The following sources record that identification, its transmitted explanations or the agreement claimed for it: al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/78; al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/21; al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/523; Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/547; Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/19; Ibn al-Jawzī, Zād al-Masīr, 1/381; al-Ālūsī, Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/440; al-Zamakhsharī, al-Kashshāf, 1/486; al-Biqāʿī, Naẓm al-Durar, 5/211; al-Baghawī, Maʿālim al-Tanzīl, 1/582; Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/265; Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/99; Muḥammad Rashīd Riḍā, Tafsīr al-Manār, 4/347; al-Shanqīṭī, Aḍwāʾ al-Bayān, 1/369; al-Saʿdī, Taysīr al-Karīm al-Raḥmān, 168; Muḥammad ʿAlī al-Ṣābūnī, Ṣafwat al-Tafāsīr, 1/241, quoting al-Baḥr; al-Wāḥidī, al-Wajīz, 255; Ibn Juzayy, al-Tashīl li-ʿUlūm al-Tanzīl, 2/24; al-Samīn al-Ḥalabī, al-Durr al-Maṣūn, 3/611; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/500; Ibn al-ʿArabī, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 1/451; Muftī Muḥammad Shafīʿ, Maʿārif al-Qurʾān, 348; Mawdūdī, Towards Understanding the Qurʾān, section on 4:12, note 23; al-Marāghī, Tafsīr al-Marāghī, 4/200; Mawsūʿat al-Tafsīr al-Maʾthūr, 6/119: Muqātil, entry 16583; Qatāda, entry 16581; al-Suddī, entry 16582; Musāʿid b. Sulaymān al-Ṭayyār’s editorial note to Mawsūʿat al-Tafsīr al-Maʾthūr, 6/119, quoting Ibn ʿAṭiyya's report of the agreement under Muqātil's entry; al-Khāzin, Lubāb al-Taʾwīl fī Maʿānī al-Tanzīl, 1/351; Abū al-Suʿūd, Irshād al-ʿAql al-Salīm, 2/152; Ḥikmat Bashīr Yāsīn, al-Ṣaḥīḥ al-Masbūr, 2/16, Qatāda’s isnād graded ḥasan by Yāsīn; al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/483. Makkī b. Abī Ṭālib, al-Hidāya ilā Bulūgh al-Nihāya, 2/1248. ↩
-
Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/99; Ibn Juzayy, al-Tashīl li-ʿUlūm al-Tanzīl, 2/24; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/500; Ibn al-ʿArabī, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 1/452. ↩
-
al-Bayḍāwī, Anwār al-Tanzīl wa-Asrār al-Taʾwīl, 2/64; al-Biqāʿī, Naẓm al-Durar, 5/211; Abū al-Suʿūd, Irshād al-ʿAql al-Salīm, 2/152; al-Ālūsī, Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/440; Ibn Kamāl Pāshā, Tafsīr Ibn Kamāl Bāshā, 3/36. ↩
-
al-Nasafī, Madārik al-Tanzīl wa-Ḥaqāʾiq al-Taʾwīl, 1/338; Muḥammad Rashīd Riḍā, Tafsīr al-Manār, 4/347. ↩
-
Ibn Rajab, Tafsīr Ibn Rajab, 1/294. ↩
-
Al-Zuhrī adds his inference that ʿUmar gave this ruling on the basis of what he had learned from the Messenger of Allah ﷺ and this verse. The account attributes equal treatment of male and female maternal siblings to ʿUmar, through al-Zuhrī: Ibn Abī Ḥātim, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 3/888; Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/230; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/502, from Ibn Abī Ḥātim. In his note to Ibn Kathīr, 3/32, Ḥikmat Bashīr Yāsīn states that al-Zuhrī did not hear from ʿUmar. ↩
-
al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/79; al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/21; Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/19; al-Wāḥidī, al-Tafsīr al-Basīṭ, 6/373; al-Khāzin, Lubāb al-Taʾwīl fī Maʿānī al-Tanzīl, 1/352; al-Baghawī, Maʿālim al-Tanzīl, 1/582; al-Thaʿlabī, al-Kashf wa-l-Bayān, 10/124; al-Wāḥidī, al-Wajīz, 255; al-Ālūsī, Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/440. Sayyid Quṭb, as presented in the English translation In the Shade of the Qurʾān, vol. 3, pp. 47–48, prefers equal division but also reports an unnamed minority applying a two-to-one division. He is therefore not another witness to al-Qurṭubī’s agreement claim. ↩
-
Maẓharī, al-Tafsīr al-Maẓharī, vol. 2, part 2, p. 35: وكان القياس سقوطهم مع الام لانه من يدلى الى الميت بشخص فانه يسقط مع ذلك الشخص لكن تركنا القياس بالإجماع ولان الام لا ترث جميع المال, “Analogy would have excluded them with the mother, because someone related to the deceased through a person is excluded in that person’s presence. But we set aside analogy because of consensus, and because the mother does not inherit the whole estate.” ↩
-
al-Bayḍāwī, Anwār al-Tanzīl wa-Asrār al-Taʾwīl, 2/64; Ibn Kamāl Pāshā, Tafsīr Ibn Kamāl Bāshā, 3/36. ↩
-
The same distribution problem can arise with a grandmother entitled to a sixth in place of the mother. Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/231; al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/79; Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/20. ↩
-
Al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/24, places Abū Ḥanīfa with those denying the full siblings a portion in the shared case. Maẓharī explicitly names Abū Ḥanīfa, Aḥmad and Dāwūd for no sharing, and Mālik and al-Shāfiʿī for sharing: al-Tafsīr al-Maẓharī, vol. 2, part 2, p. 34. Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/231, also names Mālik and al-Shāfiʿī for sharing. Abū Ḥayyān’s printed account, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/548, places Abū Ḥanīfa on the sharing side, contrary to these other accounts. Muḥammad ʿAlī Ṭāhā al-Durra, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-Karīm wa-Iʿrābuh wa-Bayānuh, 2/389, also discusses the shared case. ↩
-
Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/231, records the appeal to ʿUmar and states that sharing is authentically reported from ʿUmar and ʿUthmān. Al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/24, also gives the plea as “Count our father a donkey; did we not come from one womb?” and ʿUmar’s answer, “You have spoken truly.” Yāsīn’s note to Ibn Kathīr, 3/32, identifies al-Ḥākim’s account through al-Shaʿbī from ʿUmar, ʿAlī, ʿAbd Allāh and Zayd, and reports al-Ḥākim’s authentication and al-Dhahabī’s agreement, al-Mustadrak, 4/337. The account also appears in Mawsūʿat al-Tafsīr al-Maʾthūr, 6/120, entries 16589–16592, and al-Suyūṭī, al-Durr al-Manthūr, 2/449; the Mawsūʿa’s entry 16593 gives Zayd’s account through Wahb. Its inclusion of ʿAlī among those sharing differs from the no-sharing account attributed to him below. Maẓharī records a separate route from Zayd through Abū Umayya b. Yaʿlā al-Thaqafī. He reports al-Ḥākim’s authentication but calls Abū Umayya weak. He then mentions the account through al-Shaʿbī separately: al-Tafsīr al-Maẓharī, vol. 2, part 2, pp. 34–35. ↩
-
Ibn al-ʿArabī, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 1/453. ↩
-
Al-Zajjāj, Maʿānī al-Qurʾān wa-Iʿrābuh, 2/26–27. His example gives two maternal brothers their third even beside a hundred full brothers, who divide the remaining two thirds. He also records the shared-mother argument for admitting the full brothers in the exceptional case. ↩
-
Muslim, Ṣaḥīḥ, Book of Inheritance, chapter on giving prescribed shares to their entitled heirs and assigning the remainder to the nearest male relative, 3/1233, no. 1615, from Ibn ʿAbbās. See Ḥikmat Bashīr Yāsīn, al-Ṣaḥīḥ al-Masbūr, 2/16. ↩
-
Al-Saʿdī, Taysīr al-Karīm al-Raḥmān, p. 168, explicitly prefers no sharing, arguing from the distinction between the two groups and this hadith. Al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/500–501, defends the same result and names his al-Mabāḥith al-Durriyya fī al-Masʾala al-Ḥimāriyya. Abū Bakr al-Jazāʾirī, Aysar al-Tafāsīr, 1/446, likewise excludes the full siblings when the prescribed shares exhaust the estate. ↩
-
Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/231; al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/24. Ibn Kathīr also quotes Wakīʿ as saying that no disagreement on this point was transmitted from ʿAlī. The contrary account through al-Shaʿbī, naming ʿAlī among those sharing, is recorded by al-Ḥākim, al-Mustadrak, 4/337, as cited by Yāsīn in his note to Ibn Kathīr, 3/32. ↩
-
Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/231; al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/79. Ibn Kathīr lists sharing from ʿUmar and ʿUthmān, and as one of two accounts from Ibn Masʿūd, Zayd and Ibn ʿAbbās. He names Saʿīd b. al-Musayyib, Shurayḥ, Masrūq, Ṭāwūs, Ibn Sīrīn, al-Nakhaʿī, ʿUmar b. ʿAbd al-ʿAzīz, al-Thawrī and Sharīk, followed by Mālik, al-Shāfiʿī and Isḥāq. For no sharing he names ʿAlī, Ubayy, Abū Mūsā, the well-known account from Ibn ʿAbbās, al-Shaʿbī, Ibn Abī Laylā, Abū Yūsuf, Muḥammad b. al-Ḥasan, al-Ḥasan b. Ziyād, Zufar, Aḥmad, Yaḥyā b. Ādam, Nuʿaym b. Ḥammād, Abū Thawr, Dāwūd and Ibn al-Labbān. Al-Qurṭubī also preserves differing accounts from Ibn Masʿūd. ↩
-
Al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/485–486, including Qatāda’s warning against harm in life and at death; Ibn al-Jawzī, Zād al-Masīr, 1/381. Al-Zajjāj, Maʿānī al-Qurʾān wa-Iʿrābuh, 2/27; Ibn Manẓūr, Lisān al-ʿArab, 4/482, quoting al-Zajjāj; al-Rāghib, al-Mufradāt, p. 504; Ibn Fāris, Maqāyīs al-Lugha, 3/360; al-Zamakhsharī, Asās al-Balāgha, 1/579. ↩
-
Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/231. ↩
-
Al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/524, lists six forms, including an underpriced sale, an overpriced purchase and a third bequeathed solely to reduce the heirs’ rights. Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/20, includes a third given to avoid leaving it to a needy heir. See also Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/548; al-Zamakhsharī, al-Kashshāf, 1/486, including al-Ḥasan’s explanation of a fictitious debt; al-Bayḍāwī, Anwār al-Tanzīl, 2/64; Abū al-Suʿūd, Irshād al-ʿAql al-Salīm, 2/153; al-Biqāʿī, Naẓm al-Durar, 5/212; al-Khāzin, Lubāb al-Taʾwīl, 1/352; al-Zuḥaylī, al-Tafsīr al-Munīr, 4/279, 285; al-Marāghī, Tafsīr al-Marāghī, 4/201; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/501; al-Wāḥidī, al-Wajīz, p. 255; al-Jazāʾirī, Aysar al-Tafāsīr, 1/446. ↩
-
Ibn Abī Ḥātim, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 3/889, no. 4946, from Saʿīd b. Jubayr through ʿAṭāʾ b. Dīnār. ↩
-
Abū al-Suʿūd, Irshād al-ʿAql al-Salīm, 2/153. ↩
-
Muḥammad al-Hilāl, al-Tharī al-Jāmiʿ, 2/375; Abū Bakr al-Jazāʾirī, Aysar al-Tafāsīr, 1/446. ↩
-
Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/266, applies the restriction to the earlier bequest clauses; Rashīd Riḍā, Tafsīr al-Manār, 4/348, discusses its placement; Thanāʾ Allāh al-Pānīpatī, al-Tafsīr al-Maẓharī, vol. 2, part 2, p. 35, explains the usual restraint of parental affection and marital companionship. Ibn Taymiyya contrasts children with spouses and siblings, as quoted in Mawsūʿat al-Tafsīr al-Maʾthūr, 6/124, note 1553. See also al-Nasafī, Madārik al-Tanzīl, 1/338; al-Marāghī, Tafsīr al-Marāghī, 4/201; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/499, 501; Muftī Muḥammad Shafīʿ, Maʿārif al-Qurʾān, p. 351; Sayyid Quṭb, In the Shade of the Qurʾān, p. 48; Mawdūdī, Towards Understanding the Qurʾān, 4:12, note 24; al-Baghawī, Maʿālim al-Tanzīl, 1/582, including al-Ḥasan’s false-debt explanation; Abū al-Suʿūd, Irshād al-ʿAql al-Salīm, 2/153. ↩
-
Al-Bukhārī, Ṣaḥīḥ al-Bukhārī, 2/81, no. 1295, and 4/3, no. 2744; Muslim, Ṣaḥīḥ Muslim, 3/1250, no. 1628, from Saʿd b. Abī Waqqāṣ. See also Abū Dāwūd, Sunan, 3/112, no. 2864; Ibn Mājah, Sunan, 2/903, no. 2708; al-Tirmidhī, Sunan, 2/467, no. 997; Aḥmad, al-Musnad, 3/50, no. 1440, with the note by Shuʿayb al-Arnaʾūṭ and ʿĀdil Murshid on the account through Saʿd’s three sons, and 3/92, no. 1501, through Abū ʿAbd al-Raḥmān al-Sulamī. Al-Bukhārī’s account dates the illness to the Farewell Pilgrimage; Ibn ʿUyayna’s version in Ibn Mājah dates it to the Conquest. Saḥnūn, al-Mudawwana, 4/322, records Ibn Shihāb’s statement that the Prophet’s answer established the rule for later testators. Al-Shāfiʿī, Tafsīr al-Imām al-Shāfiʿī, 2/538, explains the restriction through the Sunnah and agreement. ↩
-
Al-Shāfiʿī, al-Umm, 4/114, cites the widely transmitted account among scholars of the campaigns that the Prophet ﷺ prohibited a bequest to an heir in his Conquest sermon. His argument is that the Qurʾānic permission for bequests is understood with the Sunnah’s restriction. ↩
-
Al-Tirmidhī, Sunan, 4/196, records scholarly practice on the one-third ceiling. Al-Qāḍī ʿIyāḍ, Ikmāl al-Muʿlim, 5/363–364, and al-Nawawī, Sharḥ Ṣaḥīḥ Muslim, 11/77, discuss heirs’ consent to the excess and the Ẓāhirī disagreement. Al-Nawawī qualifies his agreement statement as applying to his time and allows approval of a bequest extending to the whole estate. Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/541, records the separate disagreement where there is no heir. ↩
-
Ibn Qudāma, al-Mughnī, 6/139; al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/524–525; al-Nawawī, Sharḥ Ṣaḥīḥ Muslim, 11/77; Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/17. Al-Rāzī relates ʿAlī’s preference for a fifth over a quarter and a quarter over a third, and al-Nakhaʿī’s observation that both making and forgoing a voluntary bequest may be good. Ibn ʿAbbās wished people would reduce the third to a quarter, citing “the third is much”: al-Bukhārī, Ṣaḥīḥ, 4/3. Related accounts appear in al-Bayhaqī, al-Sunan al-Kubrā, 13/28; al-Suyūṭī, al-Durr al-Manthūr, 2/452–453, including al-Shaʿbī; Mawsūʿat al-Tafsīr al-Maʾthūr, 6/122–123, nos. 16600, 16606–16607 and their source notes. No. 16600 records Muʿādh’s saying through Makḥūl; nos. 16606–16607 record al-Nakhaʿī’s preference for smaller fractions. See also ʿAbd al-Razzāq, al-Muṣannaf, 8/399, no. 17561, from Ṭāwūs, and 8/404, no. 17580, through Isḥāq b. Rāshid. ↩
-
Thanāʾ Allāh al-Pānīpatī, al-Tafsīr al-Maẓharī, vol. 2, part 2, pp. 35–36. His five categories are الواجب والمندوب والمباح والحرام والمكروه. Under the obligatory category he includes arrangements for debt, zakāt, vows, ḥajj and compensatory payments for missed prayer and fasting. He treats debts as payable from the whole estate and the other listed obligations from the third, and distinguishes Abū Ḥanīfa’s and al-Shāfiʿī’s treatment of debt priority. ↩
-
Abū al-Suʿūd, Irshād al-ʿAql al-Salīm, 2/153, specifies the case of a debt established through acknowledgment during illness. Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 2/232, ed. Sāmī b. Muḥammad al-Salāma; 3/33–34, ed. Ḥikmat Bashīr Yāsīn. He records rejection by Abū Ḥanīfa, Mālik, Aḥmad and al-Shāfiʿī’s earlier position, and acceptance by al-Shāfiʿī’s later position, Ṭāwūs, ʿAṭāʾ, al-Ḥasan, ʿUmar b. ʿAbd al-ʿAzīz and al-Bukhārī. Al-Bukhārī invokes the obligation to return trusts in 4:58, without excluding an heir, and the prohibition of unfounded suspicion. Yāsīn locates al-Bukhārī’s discussion before no. 2749, Book of Bequests. Saḥnūn, al-Mudawwana, 4/116, records Ibn al-Qāsim’s transmission from Mālik rejecting acknowledgment of a debt to an heir during illness. The separate report adding “and no acknowledgment of a debt” to “no bequest to an heir” is not established: al-Bayhaqī, al-Sunan al-Kubrā, 12/14, calls its chain interrupted and Nūḥ b. Darrāj too weak to use as proof. ↩
-
Ibn al-ʿArabī, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 1/453–454, explains the concern about strong suspicion and a close friend; al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/80, records the Mālikī restriction on acknowledgment to an heir or intimate friend. ↩
-
Al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/486–487; Ibn Abī Ḥātim, Tafsīr, 3/888; Mawsūʿat al-Tafsīr al-Maʾthūr, 6/122–123, nos. 16598, 16604. Al-Ṭabarī records several asanīd through Dāwūd b. Abī Hind, from ʿIkrima, from Ibn ʿAbbās, mawqūfan. The marfūʿ isnād includes ʿUmar b. al-Mughīra. Ḥikmat Bashīr Yāsīn describes him as ḍaʿīf jiddan and judges the report unestablished marfūʿan but ṣaḥīḥ mawqūfan: Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr, 3/33, ed. Ḥikmat Bashīr Yāsīn; see also Yāsīn, al-Ṣaḥīḥ al-Masbūr, 2/17.
Al-Bayhaqī and Ibn Abī Ḥātim likewise say that the correct form is mawqūf. Al-Ṭabarānī identifies ʿUmar b. al-Mughīra’s tafarrud in narrating it marfūʿan from Dāwūd b. Abī Hind; al-ʿUqaylī says the other narrators transmit it from Dāwūd mawqūfan. Their statements are collected in Mawsūʿat al-Tafsīr al-Maʾthūr, no. 16598. Al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/502, says that the transmitters of al-Nasāʾī’s mawqūf isnād are those of the Ṣaḥīḥ. Ibn Ḥajar calls Saʿīd b. Manṣūr’s mawqūf isnād ṣaḥīḥ, while describing al-Nasāʾī’s narration as marfūʿ with trustworthy transmitters: Fatḥ al-Bārī, 5/359, quoted in the Mawsūʿa and IslamQA, answer 255567.
Ibn Kathīr, 2/231–232, ed. Sāmī b. Muḥammad al-Salāma, records Abū Ḥātim’s description of ʿUmar as a shaykh, Ibn al-Madīnī’s statement, “He is majhūl; I do not know him,” and Ibn ʿAsākir’s identification of him as ‘the poor people’s muftī.’ Al-Salāma gives two forms of the name attached to والصحيح الموقوف, “the correct narration is mawqūf”: Ibn Jurayj in his main text and Ibn Jarīr in manuscript A. Yāsīn gives Ibn Jarīr. Al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/35, records Ibn ʿAbbās’s recitation of 4:13–14 in connection with the warning. ↩
-
Al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/35; al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/525; al-Khāzin, Lubāb al-Taʾwīl, 1/352. Al-Rāzī argues from the Qurʾānic promise and warning, the reports he cites, and the grave defiance involved in deliberate wrongdoing near death. Al-Khāzin reports, with ‘it is said,’ the more general explanation that opposing Allah’s command makes this a major sin; he does not give al-Rāzī’s developed argument. ↩
-
Al-Tirmidhī, Sunan, 4/196–197, no. 2250 in this edition, from Abū Hurayra through Shahr b. Ḥawshab. Shuʿayb al-Arnaʾūṭ establishes ḥasan gharīb from his manuscript witnesses and al-Mubārakfūrī’s copy, rather than ḥasan ṣaḥīḥ gharīb in one printed edition. He judges the isnād ḍaʿīf because of Shahr. See Abū Dāwūd, Sunan, 3/113, no. 2867; al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ, 5/81, who calls Shahr criticized; Ibn Kathīr, Tafsīr, 3/34, ed. Ḥikmat Bashīr Yāsīn. Yāsīn grades the isnād of Aḥmad’s seventy-year narration through Shahr ḍaʿīf; for the sixty-year narration, he gives its takhrīj without a separate grade. Al-Tirmidhī, 4/200, records more favourable assessments of Shahr from Aḥmad and al-Bukhārī; al-Arnaʾūṭ explains his criticism of Shahr at 4/201. ↩
-
The report threatening a valley in Hell is cited by Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/549, and Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/20. Al-Zajjāj, Maʿānī al-Qurʾān wa-Iʿrābuh, 2/27, also cites a warning about cutting off an inheritance, without an isnād. Al-Thaʿlabī, al-Kashf wa-l-Bayān, 10/125, records the related report; Khālid b. ʿAlī al-Ghāmidī judges its isnād ḍaʿīf because of al-Khazraj. ↩
-
Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/266; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/501; Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/100. Ibn Taymiyya’s ruling on admission of harmful intent is quoted in Mawsūʿat al-Tafsīr al-Maʾthūr, 6/124, note 1553, with a similar statement attributed to Ibn al-Qayyim. The Mālikī cancelling position is recorded by Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/20, and Ibn Rajab, Tafsīr Ibn Rajab, 1/296. ↩
-
Al-Ālūsī, Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/441. For execution within the third as the well-known Mālikī position, see al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/81; Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/20; Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/548; al-Zuḥaylī, al-Tafsīr al-Munīr, 4/285; Ibn Juzayy, al-Tashīl li-ʿUlūm al-Tanzīl, 2/25. Ibn ʿĀshūr disputes this description of Ibn al-Qāsim’s position in al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/266. ↩
-
Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/100, 107, ed. Ibrāhīm b. Muḥammad Qāsim al-Mayman. His reason is: فلا تنفذ؛ لأن الله اشترط في الوصية النافذة أن تكون غير مضار بها: ‘It is not executed, because Allah stipulated that an enforceable bequest must not be used to cause harm.’ ↩
-
Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/266. ↩
-
al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/501. ↩
-
Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/20. ↩
-
al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/81. ↩
-
Al-Ālūsī, Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/441. He first agrees with ʿIṣām al-Milla that a bequest or acknowledgment of debt intended to harm does not deserve execution: وهو كذلك إلا أن إثبات القصد مشكل إلا أن يعلم ذلك بإقراره, “That is so, except that proving the intention is difficult unless it becomes known through his admission.” He then calls execution within the third the apparent view despite the forbidden purpose, citing the comparison with manumission and endowment undertaken for display. The athar from Muʿādh is also recorded in Mawsūʿat al-Tafsīr al-Maʾthūr, 6/122, no. 16600, through Makḥūl, with Ibn Abī Shayba as its source. ↩
-
Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/100; al-Ālūsī, Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/441; Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/266; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/501. ↩
-
Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/266. He reports Ibn ʿAṭiyya’s account of execution as the position of Mālik and Ibn al-Qāsim, endorses Ibn ʿArafa’s contrary appeal to the Mudawwana, and himself describes cancellation upon proof of harmful intent as Ibn al-Qāsim’s well-known position. He separately reports Ibn ʿAbd al-Ḥakam’s contrary view and the wording in Ibn Nājī’s commentary: harmful intent below a third does not invalidate the bequest ‘on the sound view; by it is the fatwā.’ Ibn Juzayy, al-Tashīl li-ʿUlūm al-Tanzīl, 2/25, records execution as the well-known Mālikī position. ↩
-
Ibn Rajab, Tafsīr Ibn Rajab, 1/296, transmitting Ibn ʿAṭiyya’s account and a reported analogy to Aḥmad’s school. ↩
-
Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/266. ↩
-
Ibn Taymiyya, quoted in Mawsūʿat al-Tafsīr al-Maʾthūr, 6/124, note 1553. The quoted passage distinguishes حَيْف, unintended injustice, from إِثْم, intended wrongdoing; it then addresses excess above the third, an unknown purpose below it, the recipient’s knowledge and the testator’s admission. The note also cites a similar discussion by Ibn al-Qayyim. The separate qualification concerning heirs’ consent is established in the sources cited earlier in this section. ↩
-
al-Samīn al-Ḥalabī, ʿUmdat al-Ḥuffāẓ, 4/318, quoting al-Harawī. Al-Wāḥidī, al-Tafsīr al-Basīṭ, 6/374, ed. Muḥammad b. Ḥamad b. ʿAbd Allāh al-Muḥaymīd, also attributes فريضة من الله, “an obligation from Allah,” to Ibn ʿAbbās without an isnād; al-Muḥaymīd says that he could not trace the report. Al-Khāzin, Lubāb al-Taʾwīl, 1/352, explains the expression as an obligation and also records the sense of a covenant. Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/100. He treats وَصِيَّةً as a mafʿūl muṭlaq, an action-noun emphasizing the command, whose governing verb is necessarily omitted because obligation is intended, and defines the charge as a confirmed covenant. Ibn Fāris, Maqāyīs al-Lugha, 6/116; Muḥammad Ḥasan Jabal, al-Muʿjam al-Ishtiqāqī al-Muʾaṣṣal, 3/1182. Jabal describes the obligation in waṣiyya as عهد وتكليف وإلزام, “a covenant, a charge and an obligation.” ↩
-
al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/487–488, ed. ʿAbd Allāh b. ʿAbd al-Muḥsin al-Turkī; Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/20. Al-Ṭabarī reports the alternative without naming its author; al-Turkī identifies al-Farrāʾ, Maʿānī al-Qurʾān, 1/258. Al-Wāḥidī names al-Farrāʾ directly in al-Tafsīr al-Basīṭ, 6/374. Ibn ʿAṭiyya also records attachment to the individual sixth or the collective third, alongside the construction governed by مُضَارٍّ. Al-Ṭabarī’s stated reason for his preference is that the inheritance directions begin with يُوصِيكُمُ اللَّهُ and end with وَصِيَّةً مِنَ اللَّهِ, indicating that all of them are Allah’s charge. Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/266–267. ↩
-
al-Zamakhsharī, al-Kashshāf, 1/486; al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/525. Al-Rāzī distinguishes the confirming maṣdar from two constructions governed by مُضَارٍّ: violation of the limit of a third, or harm to the children by leaving them poor through an excessive bequest. Al-Zamakhsharī gives the latter two senses together under that construction. Both cite the annexation attributed to al-Ḥasan; its source and status are treated in the Qirāʾāt section. Thānāʾ Allāh al-Maẓharī, al-Tafsīr al-Maẓharī, vol. 2, part 2, p. 36, likewise records the confirming maṣdar and the construction governed by مُضَارٍّ, extending the protected relations to children, spouses and relatives and mentioning excessive bequests and false acknowledgments. Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/549. He first gives the confirming-maṣdar construction, then records Ibn ʿAṭiyya’s and al-Zamakhsharī’s alternative and explains the figurative attribution of harm to the bequest: the harm is suffered by the heirs through it. ↩
-
al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/501. ↩
-
al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/525: الكل وإن كان واجب الرعاية إلا أن القسم الأول وهو رعاية حال الأولاد أولى, “Although all must be observed, the first, care for the children’s circumstances, has greater priority.” See also al-Biqāʿī, Naẓm al-Durar, 5/212; Abū al-Suʿūd, Irshād al-ʿAql al-Salīm, 2/153; al-Ālūsī, Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/441, quoting al-Rāzī and then recording the opposite explanation anonymously; Ibn ʿĀdil, al-Lubāb fī ʿUlūm al-Kitāb, 6/231. ↩
-
al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/81, ed. Aḥmad al-Bardūnī and Ibrāhīm Aṭfīsh; Sayyid Quṭb, In the Shade of the Qurʾān, p. 48; al-Zuḥaylī, al-Tafsīr al-Munīr, 4/285. Al-Qurṭubī also reports عَلِيمٌ حَكِيمٌ from unnamed early readers. Al-Bardūnī and Aṭfīsh say that they could not find it in the shādhdh (noncanonical) readings and give it no weight. The text discussed here is عَلِيمٌ حَلِيمٌ. ↩
-
al-Zamakhsharī, al-Kashshāf, 1/486; al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/525; al-Nasafī, Madārik al-Tanzīl, 1/338. Al-Bayḍāwī, Anwār al-Tanzīl, 2/64, says “the one causing harm and others.” Al-Wāḥidī, al-Tafsīr al-Basīṭ, 6/374, ed. Muḥammad b. Ḥamad b. ʿAbd Allāh al-Muḥaymīd, attributes بمن يجوز في وصيته to Ibn ʿAbbās without an isnād; al-Muḥaymīd could not trace it. Al-Khāzin, Lubāb al-Taʾwīl, 1/352, introduces بمن يجوز في وصيته وبمن لا يجور with “it is said.” The verb يجوز in these copies is uncertain in context; the unambiguous جار أو عدل, “acted unjustly or justly,” in al-Zamakhsharī and al-Rāzī provides the explanation used above. ↩
-
al-Zuḥaylī, al-Tafsīr al-Munīr, 4/271, 280; al-Marāghī, Tafsīr al-Marāghī, 4/202; Mawsūʿat al-Tafsīr al-Maʾthūr, 6/125, no. 16615, from Muqātil; Muftī Muḥammad Shafīʿ, Maʿārif al-Qurʾān, English translation, p. 352. ↩
-
Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/100; see also Thānāʾ Allāh al-Maẓharī, al-Tafsīr al-Maẓharī, vol. 2, part 2, p. 36: حليم لا يعاجل بالعقوبة. ↩
-
al-Zajjāj, Maʿānī al-Qurʾān wa-Iʿrābuh, 2/27: حليم عمن عصاه بأن أخره وقبل توبته. See also al-Wāḥidī, al-Wajīz, p. 255; Ibn Kamāl Pāshā, Tafsīr Ibn Kamāl Bāshā, 3/37; Muḥammad ʿAlī Ṭāhā al-Durra, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-Karīm wa-Iʿrābuh wa-Bayānuh, 2/389; Majmaʿ al-Buḥūth al-Islāmiyya, al-Tafsīr al-Wasīṭ li-l-Qurʾān al-Karīm, 2/773; Abū Bakr al-Jazāʾirī, Aysar al-Tafāsīr, 1/445–446. Al-Marāghī, Tafsīr al-Marāghī, 4/202, likewise connects delayed punishment with repentance. ↩
-
Majmaʿ al-Buḥūth al-Islāmiyya, al-Tafsīr al-Wasīṭ li-l-Qurʾān al-Karīm, 2/773; Muḥammad ʿAbduh’s lesson, transmitted by Muḥammad Rashīd Riḍā, Tafsīr al-Manār, 4/348–349. Riḍā says that he reproduced the lesson from a student’s notebook, بتصرف في المعنى واختلاف في الأسلوب, with adjustments to the meaning and a different style. ↩
-
al-Biqāʿī, Naẓm al-Durar, 5/213, connects the two names with both warning and an invitation to repentance. The warning not to be deceived by delay also appears in Abū al-Suʿūd, Irshād al-ʿAql al-Salīm, 2/153; al-Ālūsī, Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/442; Abū Bakr al-Jazāʾirī, Aysar al-Tafāsīr, 1/446. Abū al-Suʿūd also explains that using lafẓ al-jalālah rather than a pronoun instils awe and reverence. ↩
-
Muḥammad ʿAbduh’s lesson, transmitted by Muḥammad Rashīd Riḍā, Tafsīr al-Manār, 4/349. The saying is اتقوا غيظ الحليم. The lesson explains that a forbearing person’s anger comes after long restraint, then expressly qualifies the comparison: نعم إن حلم الله تعالى لا يزول، ولكنه يعامل به كل أحد بقدر معلوم, “Yes, Allah’s forbearance does not cease, but He deals with each person through it in a determined measure.” ↩
-
Muḥammad Rashīd Riḍā, Tafsīr al-Manār, 4/348. This explanation precedes his introduction of ʿAbduh’s lesson. ↩
-
Muḥammad ʿAbduh’s lesson, transmitted by Muḥammad Rashīd Riḍā, Tafsīr al-Manār, 4/348–349. The lesson also states: وفائدة المذنب من حلم الحليم القادر أنه يترك له وقتًا للتوبة والإنابة, “The benefit the sinner receives from the forbearance of the Forbearing, All-Powerful One is that He leaves him time for repentance and return.” Riḍā introduces it as a student’s record reproduced with adjustments to meaning and style, not a verbatim transcript. ↩
-
Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/550. The implication he objects to is أن الجائر وإن لم يعاجله الله بالعقوبة فلا بد له منها, “that the wrongdoer, even if Allah does not hasten his punishment, must inevitably receive it.” ↩
-
Ibn Abī Ḥātim, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-ʿAẓīm, 3/884, no. 4914, from Saʿīd b. Jubayr through ʿAṭāʾ b. Dīnār: حُكْمُ قِسْمَةٍ; no. 4915, from Abū al-ʿĀliya through al-Rabīʿ: حكيم في أمره. These explanations concern حَكِيمًا in 4:11. ↩
-
Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-l-Tanwīr, 4/267. ↩
-
Abū al-Aʿlā Mawdūdī, Towards Understanding the Qurʾān, commentary on 4:12, note 25. He connects Allah’s knowledge with both the justice of His division and His awareness of violations, and His forbearance with the absence of harshness in His legislation. ↩
-
Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/107, benefit 22. ↩
-
al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/485, Qatāda on the debt first. ↩
-
Ibn al-ʿArabī, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 1/448. ↩
-
Ibn al-ʿArabī, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 1/448. ↩
-
Al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/524, presenting al-Shāfiʿī’s ruling and its proof. The quoted maxim is in al-Bukhārī, Ṣaḥīḥ, no. 1953, Book of Fasting, chapter on someone who dies owing a fast, from Ibn ʿAbbās رضي الله عنهما: a man asks about his deceased mother’s outstanding fast. Al-Rāzī relates the maxim to the Khathʿamī woman’s question about her father’s ḥajj. That account is transmitted from al-Faḍl b. ʿAbbās in al-Nasāʾī, Sunan, no. 5389, Book of Judges’ Conduct, chapter on judgment by comparison. Its reply is نَعَمْ حُجِّي عَنْهُ فَإِنَّهُ لَوْ كَانَ عَلَيْهِ دَيْنٌ قَضَيْتِيهِ, “Yes, perform ḥajj for him, for if he owed a debt, you would pay it for him.” Ibn Mājah, Sunan, no. 2909, also transmits the father’s-debt comparison. Both are graded ṣaḥīḥ in the Darussalam editions. These two accounts contain the analogy, while al-Bukhārī’s fasting account contains the maxim quoted above. ↩
-
Al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/524, recording the objection of Abū Bakr al-Rāzī (al-Jaṣṣāṣ), then answering it. ↩
-
Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/542. ↩
-
Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/544. ↩
-
Muftī Muḥammad Shafīʿ, Maʿārif al-Qurʾān, 345, Maʿārif on the order. ↩
-
Dār al-Ṣaḥābah, Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān al-Karīm, 1/370–371; Aḥmad b. Muḥammad al-Kharrāṭ, al-Mujtabā min Mushkil Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān, 1/166–167. ↩
-
Muḥyī al-Dīn Darwīsh, Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān wa-Bayānuh, 2/174. ↩
-
Dār al-Ṣaḥābah, Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān al-Karīm, 1/370. ↩
-
Dār al-Ṣaḥābah, Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān al-Karīm, 1/370; al-Kharrāṭ, al-Mujtabā, 1/166; Darwīsh, Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān wa-Bayānuh, 2/175. ↩
-
Dār al-Ṣaḥābah, Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān al-Karīm, 1/370. ↩
-
Dār al-Ṣaḥābah, Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān al-Karīm, 1/370. ↩
-
Dār al-Ṣaḥābah, Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān al-Karīm, 1/370–371. ↩
-
Dār al-Ṣaḥābah, Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān al-Karīm, 1/370; Darwīsh, Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān wa-Bayānuh, 2/175; al-Kharrāṭ, al-Mujtabā, 1/166. ↩
-
Dār al-Ṣaḥābah, Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān al-Karīm, 1/370. ↩
-
Dār al-Ṣaḥābah, Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān al-Karīm, 1/371; Maḥmūd Ṣāfī, al-Jadwal fī Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān, 2/458; Darwīsh, Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān wa-Bayānuh, 2/175. ↩
-
Dār al-Ṣaḥābah, Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān al-Karīm, 1/371; Maḥmūd Ṣāfī, al-Jadwal, 2/458. ↩
-
Dār al-Ṣaḥābah, Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān al-Karīm, 1/371; Maḥmūd Ṣāfī, al-Jadwal, 2/458; al-Kharrāṭ, al-Mujtabā, 1/167. ↩
-
Dār al-Ṣaḥābah, Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān al-Karīm, 1/371. ↩
-
Dār al-Ṣaḥābah, Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān al-Karīm, 1/371. ↩
-
Dār al-Ṣaḥābah, Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān al-Karīm, 1/371. ↩
-
Dār al-Ṣaḥābah, Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān al-Karīm, 1/371; Maḥmūd Ṣāfī, al-Jadwal, 2/458. ↩
-
Dār al-Ṣaḥābah, Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān al-Karīm, 1/371; Maḥmūd Ṣāfī, al-Jadwal, 2/458. ↩
-
Al-Samīn al-Ḥalabī, al-Durr al-Maṣūn, 3/607–609; al-Suyūṭī, Muʿtarak al-Aqrān fī Iʿjāz al-Qurʾān, 2/228. ↩
-
Dār al-Ṣaḥābah, Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān al-Karīm, 1/371; al-ʿUkbarī, al-Tibyān fī Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān, 1/336; al-Akhfash, Maʿānī al-Qurʾān, 1/251; al-Kharrāṭ, al-Mujtabā, 1/166–167; Darwīsh, Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān wa-Bayānuh, 2/175. Al-ʿUkbarī distinguishes grammatical possibility from transmitted recitation: a marfūʿ (مرفوع) كَلَالَةٌ could be explained grammatically, but he knows no one who recited it, and recitation follows transmission. Al-Ālūsī quotes that restriction in Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/439. ↩
-
Al-Samīn al-Ḥalabī, al-Durr al-Maṣūn, 3/608; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/499. Al-Ālūsī also allows a second khabar (خبر) when the noun names either party to the inheritance, and a tamyīz (تمييز) when it names the event: Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/439, his marginal note. ↩
-
Al-Samīn al-Ḥalabī, al-Durr al-Maṣūn, 3/608–609; Ibn Manẓūr, Lisān al-ʿArab, 11/593, quoting Ibn Barrī. Ibn Barrī distinguishes the person from the event: the person may be the predicate or a circumstantial description; the event permits a verbal-noun explanation, including an understood ‘inheritance of kalālah’. ↩
-
Al-Akhfash, Maʿānī al-Qurʾān, 1/251; compare al-ʿUkbarī, al-Tibyān, 1/336. ↩
-
Al-ʿUkbarī, al-Tibyān, 1/336. ↩
-
Al-Shanqīṭī, Aḍwāʾ al-Bayān, 1/370, attributing the explanation to al-Zajjāj. ↩
-
Al-Samīn al-Ḥalabī, al-Durr al-Maṣūn, 3/609, describes the causal, object and verbal-noun constructions, and records and questions Makkī’s tamyīz explanation. Darwīsh, Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān wa-Bayānuh, 2/175, rejects treating the property as a second object. ↩
-
Ibn Manẓūr, Lisān al-ʿArab, 11/593, quoting Ibn Barrī: أحدهما أن تكون خبر كان, “one is that it is the predicate of kāna”; for the circumstantial alternative, وتكون كان هي التامة … ولا يصح أن تكون الناقصة كما ذكره الحوفي, “kāna is then complete … it cannot be incomplete as al-Ḥawfī stated.” Al-ʿUkbarī, al-Tibyān, 1/336; Dār al-Ṣaḥābah, Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān al-Karīm, 1/371. ↩
-
Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/546; al-Samīn al-Ḥalabī, al-Durr al-Maṣūn, 3/608–609. Abū Ḥayyān relates the property interpretation to ʿAṭāʾ and the inheritance interpretation to Ibn Zayd. ↩
-
Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/547; al-Samīn al-Ḥalabī, al-Durr al-Maṣūn, 3/610. ↩
-
Abū al-Suʿūd, Irshād al-ʿAql al-Salīm, 2/152: ولعل فصل ذكرها عن ذكره للإيذان بشرفه وأصالته في الأحكام, “Perhaps mentioning her separately from him signals his honour and primary place in the rulings.” He explains وَلَهُ as أي للرجل, “that is, the man,” then records وقيل الضمير لكل منهما, “it is also said that the pronoun refers to either of them.” ↩
-
Al-ʿUkbarī, al-Tibyān, 1/336–337. ↩
-
Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/547, quoting al-Farrāʾ; Makkī b. Abī Ṭālib, al-Hidāya ilā Bulūgh al-Nihāya, 2/1248. Makkī illustrates the alternatives with a person who has a male or female slave and the instruction to treat ‘him’, ‘her’ or ‘them’ well. ↩
-
Al-Samīn al-Ḥalabī, al-Durr al-Maṣūn, 3/610. His example is 4:135, إِنْ يَكُنْ غَنِيًّا أَوْ فَقِيرًا فَاللَّهُ أَوْلَى بِهِمَا, ‘Whether one is rich or poor, Allah has greater claim over both.’ ↩
-
Al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/485; al-Akhfash, Maʿānī al-Qurʾān, 1/251; al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/78. ↩
-
Ibn Kamāl Pāshā, Tafsīr Ibn Kamāl Bāshā, 3/35, discussing al-Bayḍāwī’s explanation. ↩
-
Al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/487; al-Zajjāj, Maʿānī al-Qurʾān wa-Iʿrābuh, 2/27; al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ, 5/80; al-ʿUkbarī, al-Tibyān, 1/337; al-Kharrāṭ, al-Mujtabā, 1/167. ↩
-
Maḥmūd Ṣāfī, al-Jadwal, 2/457–458: غير حال منصوبة من الموصي المفهوم, “ghayr is an accusative circumstantial expression describing the understood testator.” Muḥammad ʿAlī Ṭāhā al-Durra, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-Karīm wa-Iʿrābuh wa-Bayānuh, 2/391, first gives حال من فاعل يوصى أو من نائب فاعله, “a circumstantial expression relating to the subject of yūṣī or its passive substitute subject.” His ensuing explanation through an understood active verb is quoted from al-Zamakhsharī. ↩
-
Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/549; al-Samīn al-Ḥalabī, al-Durr al-Maṣūn, 3/612, reporting Abū Ḥayyān’s objection. Abū Ḥayyān also compares the passive recitation of 24:36–37, يُسَبَّحُ … رِجَالٌ, in which ‘men’ is explained through an understood active ‘glorify’. ↩
-
Al-Ālūsī, Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/441–442; Ibn ʿĀdil, al-Lubāb fī ʿUlūm al-Kitāb, 6/229. Ibn ʿĀdil relates the pronoun to the deceased directly when رجل names him, or to the deceased implied by the heir interpretation. ↩
-
Al-Ālūsī, Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/441; al-Samīn al-Ḥalabī, al-Durr al-Maṣūn, 3/613. Al-Samīn prefers the figurative object construction to al-ʿUkbarī’s two explanations. Al-Ālūsī compares the expression ‘thief of the night’: the act concerns people during the night, but the wording attributes it to the night itself. ↩
-
Al-Ālūsī, Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/442; al-ʿUkbarī, al-Tibyān, 1/337. For annexation to time, al-ʿUkbarī compares ‘the horseman of war’. For Ṭarafa’s parallel expression and the editors’ explanation, see the note on the annexed reading. ↩
-
Dār al-Ṣaḥābah, Iʿrāb al-Qurʾān al-Karīm, 1/371, identifies غير as a circumstantial expression. For the testator and the understood governing verb, see al-ʿUkbarī, al-Tibyān, 1/337; al-Kharrāṭ, al-Mujtabā, 1/167; al-Durra, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-Karīm wa-Iʿrābuh wa-Bayānuh, 2/391; Maḥmūd Ṣāfī, al-Jadwal, 2/457–458; al-Ālūsī, Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/441. ↩
-
Al-Zamakhsharī, Asās al-Balāghah, 1/425. Both زوج and زوجة can name a wife; the plurals أزواج and زوجات are recorded. ↩
-
Ibn Fāris, Muʿjam Maqāyīs al-Lughah, 2/319. He groups the root’s meanings around submission or subjection and explains دِين as obedience. ↩
-
Al-Rāghib al-Iṣfahānī, al-Mufradāt, 809; al-ʿUkbarī, al-Tibyān, 1/335; Maḥmūd Ṣāfī, al-Jadwal, 2/454. ↩
-
Maḥmūd Ṣāfī, al-Jadwal, 2/458. He explains تُوصُونَ from تُوصِيُونَ by stilling the yāʾ, transferring its vowel to the ṣād, and dropping it before wāw. He also proposes يُوصِيين as the earlier form of يُوصِينَ and describes an elision there. ↩
-
Ibn Fāris, Maqāyīs al-Lughah, 5/121–122; al-Zamakhsharī, Asās al-Balāghah, 2/145, and al-Kashshāf, 1/485; al-Rāghib, al-Mufradāt, 720. Ibn Fāris separates three root meanings: blunting, encirclement and the chest; the first two explain the inheritance term. The crown, إكليل, illustrates encirclement. Al-Zamakhsharī’s expression ‘he did not inherit glory through kalālah’ contrasts indirect inheritance with direct entitlement. ↩
-
Ibn Fāris, Maqāyīs al-Lughah, 5/122, quoting Muḥammad b. Yazīd al-Mubarrad. ↩
-
Al-Zamakhsharī, Asās al-Balāghah, 2/145; al-Rāghib, al-Mufradāt, 720; al-Wāḥidī, al-Tafsīr al-Basīṭ, 6/370, ed. Muḥammad b. Ḥamd b. ʿAbd Allāh al-Muḥaymid. Al-Wāḥidī explains the bull’s inherited horn and the attacking dogs; his wording has جلود المغابن, ‘the skins of the flanks’, where Asās has غموض المغابن, ‘the hidden folds of the flanks’. He uses Jābir’s report for the heir sense and al-Farazdaq’s kingship line for the deceased sense; the latter’s principal discussion is in Question 2. ↩
-
Al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/76, ed. Aḥmad al-Bardūnī and Ibrāhīm Aṭfīsh. The plant identifications are in their note. ↩
-
Al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ, 5/76, ed. Aḥmad al-Bardūnī and Ibrāhīm Aṭfīsh; al-Thaʿlabī, al-Kashf wa-al-Bayān, 10/123. Al-Qurṭubī’s editors explain the cloud’s surrounding lightning. ↩
-
Ibn Manẓūr, Lisān al-ʿArab, 11/592–593, quoting al-Layth, al-Azharī and Ibn Barrī; al-Rāghib, al-Mufradāt, 720; al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/523, quoting al-Zamakhsharī; al-Ālūsī, Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/439. Al-Azharī criticizes al-Layth’s explanation as confused. Ibn Barrī identifies the deceased-person interpretation as the Baṣrans’ choice, whereas al-Azharī appeals to Jābir’s report for the heir interpretation. Al-Rāghib allows the maṣdar (مصدر) to embrace both parties. ↩
-
Ibn Manẓūr, Lisān al-ʿArab, 11/592–593; Ibn Fāris, Maqāyīs al-Lughah, 5/121–122; al-Rāghib, al-Mufradāt, 719–720; al-Samīn, ʿUmdat al-Ḥuffāẓ, 3/426; al-Qāsimī, Maḥāsin al-Taʾwīl, 3/44–45. The definitions differ: al-Liḥyānī includes agnates inheriting alongside maternal siblings; Ibn al-Aʿrābī gives remote cousins; al-Farrāʾ gives relatives other than parent and child; Ibn al-Jarrāḥ illustrates a cousin beyond the first degree. Al-Qāsimī contrasts ابن عم كلالة, a remote cousin, with ابن عم دنية, a near one. Abū Manṣūr’s explanation in ʿUmdat al-Ḥuffāẓ begins from the surrounding lineage and extends to distant agnates. Al-Rāghib relates the exclusion of the child to Ibn ʿAbbās and rejects Quṭrub’s definition excluding the brother as well as the parents. The application to maternal siblings in 4:12 and full or paternal siblings in 4:176 consequently depends on context. Ibn Fāris also records an account through Zuhayr, from Jābir, from ʿĀmir, in which ʿAlī initially objects to Abū Bakr’s definition and then accepts it; this Jābir is not identified in that passage as the Companion Jābir b. ʿAbd Allāh. ↩
-
Ibn Fāris, Maqāyīs al-Lughah, 3/360; al-Rāghib, al-Mufradāt, 503–504. Ibn Fāris also records mutual harm, especially jealousy; al-Rāghib includes harm to knowledge and character, bodily deficiency, and lack of wealth or standing. ↩
-
Ibn Manẓūr, Lisān al-ʿArab, 4/482; al-Zamakhsharī, Asās al-Balāghah, 1/579; al-Rāghib, al-Mufradāt, 504. Lisān records several explanations of ضرر and ضرار, including first injury and retaliation, injury with or without benefit to the offender, and synonymous use. Al-Rāghib’s active/passive discussion concerns لا يضار كاتب ولا شهيد in 2:282; it does not determine the grammatical construction of مُضَارّ here. ↩
-
Ibn Fāris, Maqāyīs al-Lughah, 6/116; Muḥammad Ḥasan Ḥasan Jabal, al-Muʿjam al-Ishtiqāqī al-Muʾaṣṣal, 3/1181, citing Asās al-Balāghah; al-Samīn, ʿUmdat al-Ḥuffāẓ, 4/318. ↩
-
Al-Samīn, ʿUmdat al-Ḥuffāẓ, 4/318, quoting al-Harawī on the divine charge. He also notes that الوصي can mean either the one giving the charge or the person entrusted with it: فعيل with an active or passive sense. ↩
-
Muḥammad al-Hilāl, al-Tharī al-Jāmiʿ, 2/366. ↩
-
Ibn Manẓūr, Lisān al-ʿArab, 11/592, quoting al-Azharī; Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/546. ↩
-
Al-Samīn, ʿUmdat al-Ḥuffāẓ, 1/74; al-Zamakhsharī, Asās al-Balāghah, 1/22. The latter also records the figurative proverb ‘brothers through affection are closer than brothers through birth’. ↩
-
Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/551; Wahbah al-Zuḥaylī, al-Tafsīr al-Munīr, 4/271; Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-al-Tanwīr, 4/263. ↩
-
Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-al-Tanwīr, 4/261; al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/12; Ibn al-Jawzī, Zād al-Masīr, 1/379; al-Zajjāj, Maʿānī al-Qurʾān wa-Iʿrābuh, 2/23; al-ʿUkbarī, al-Tibyān, 1/335, quoted by Ibn ʿĀdil, al-Lubāb, 6/219; al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/474; Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/97; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/498. The conjunction أو places both charges before inheritance without itself ranking them against each other. ↩
-
Al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ, 5/73–74; Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/17; Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/542; Ibn Kamāl Pāshā, Tafsīr Ibn Kamāl Bāshā, 3/32; al-Qāsimī, Maḥāsin al-Taʾwīl, 3/42, quoting Abū al-Suʿūd. Al-Qurṭubī’s explanations concern the grammatical conjunction, frequency of bequests, their being the deceased’s own instruction, the heirs’ reluctance, and the needs of their poor recipients. Ibn Kamāl’s pilgrimage counterexample challenges the reluctance explanation; his further distinction is that debt can consume the available estate whereas a bequest remains subject to its own limit. ↩
-
Ibn Juzayy, al-Tashīl li-ʿUlūm al-Tanzīl, 2/22–23. ↩
-
Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-al-Tanwīr, 4/261, 263, 266; al-Zuḥaylī, al-Tafsīr al-Munīr, 4/271; Muḥammad ʿAlī al-Ṣābūnī, Ṣafwat al-Tafāsīr, 1/241; al-Biqāʿī, Naẓm al-Durar, 5/209; Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/551. Ibn ʿĀshūr applies the final prohibition of harm to all the preceding bequest provisions, not only to the last estate mentioned. ↩
-
ʿAbd al-Raḥmān Ḥabannakah al-Maydānī, al-Balāghah al-ʿArabiyyah, 2/24. He regards the spouses’ clauses chiefly as expression matching their intended meaning, with the understood execution of the bequest as the exception involving omission. ↩
-
Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-al-Tanwīr, 4/263. For omission elsewhere in the connected inheritance passage, Abū Ḥayyān also notes the deceased understood in ما ترك in 4:11: al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/551. ↩
-
Al-Zuḥaylī, al-Tafsīr al-Munīr, 4/271; Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-al-Tanwīr, 4/261. ↩
-
Al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/520; al-Ālūsī, Rūḥ al-Maʿānī, 2/442; Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/550, expressly quoting al-Rāzī; al-Zuḥaylī, al-Tafsīr al-Munīr, 4/278. ↩
-
Al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/521; Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/544; al-Biqāʿī, Naẓm al-Durar, 5/208; Ibn ʿUthaymīn, Tafsīr Sūrat al-Nisāʾ, 1/72. Ibn ʿUthaymīn observes that the heirs named in 4:12 receive fixed shares, in contrast to the preceding verse’s wider range of heirs. He separately explains the children’s precedence over the parents in 4:11 by their being a part of the deceased. ↩
-
Al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/521; al-Qāsimī, Maḥāsin al-Taʾwīl, 3/43, drawing this explanation from al-Rāzī; Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/544; al-Biqāʿī, Naẓm al-Durar, 5/208. Al-Rāzī counts seven instances of direct address to the men and fewer references to the women in the third person; he relates this contrast to the difference between their shares. ↩
-
Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-al-Tanwīr, 4/267; al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/525. Al-Rāzī relates the stronger wording ‘obligation’ in 4:11 to the closer parent–child relationship, while the later ‘charge’ concerns collateral kinship; Question 5 develops that distinction. ↩
-
Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-al-Tanwīr, 4/267; al-Zuḥaylī, al-Tafsīr al-Munīr, 4/271. ↩
-
Ibn al-Jazarī, al-Nashr fī al-Qirāʾāt al-ʿAshr, 2/248. Compare Ibn ʿĀdil, al-Lubāb, 6/219; Abū Ḥayyān, al-Baḥr al-Muḥīṭ, 3/542; Ibn al-Jawzī, Zād al-Masīr, 1/379; Rashīd Riḍā, Tafsīr al-Manār, 4/343; al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/519; al-Bayḍāwī, Anwār al-Tanzīl, 2/64. Abū Bakr is Shuʿba, the transmitter from ʿĀṣim, not the Companion Abū Bakr. ↩
-
Al-ʿUkbarī, al-Tibyān, 1/337; al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/519; Ibn ʿĀshūr, al-Taḥrīr wa-al-Tanwīr, 4/261; al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ, 5/73, reporting Abū ʿUbayd, Abū Ḥātim and al-Akhfash. ↩
-
Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/17, gives Ḥafṣ’s kasra at the latter place and fatḥa at the former. Al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ, 5/73, ed. Aḥmad al-Bardūnī and Ibrāhīm Aṭfīsh, includes Abū ʿAmr in the fatḥa list. In al-Thaʿlabī, al-Kashf wa-al-Bayān, 10/117–118, ed. Khālid b. ʿAlī al-Ghāmidī, the note on 10/117 agrees with al-Nashr on Ḥafṣ, while the next page’s note reverses his two places. ↩
-
Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/17; Ibn ʿĀdil, al-Lubāb, 6/219; al-ʿUkbarī, al-Tibyān, 1/337. ↩
-
Al-Samīn, al-Durr al-Maṣūn, 3/609; al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ, 5/77; al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/20; al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, 9/523; Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/19; al-Thaʿlabī, al-Kashf wa-al-Bayān, 10/119; Abū al-Suʿūd, Irshād al-ʿAql al-Salīm, 2/152. The shādhdh classification of al-Ḥasan’s form is ʿAbd Allāh al-Turkī’s note in al-Ṭabarī, Jāmiʿ al-Bayān, 6/475. Al-Qurṭubī reports disagreement in the transmission from al-Ḥasan and Ayyūb. ↩
-
Al-Samīn, al-Durr al-Maṣūn, 3/609; Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/19, including his quotation from Ibn Jinnī; al-Thaʿlabī, al-Kashf wa-al-Bayān, 10/119, ed. Khālid b. ʿAlī al-Ghāmidī. The last work’s body names al-Ḥasan and ʿĪsā with kasra; al-Ghāmidī’s note distinguishes ʿĪsā’s doubled form and calls the forms shādhdh. ↩
-
Al-Thaʿlabī, al-Kashf wa-al-Bayān, 10/125, ed. Khālid b. ʿAlī al-Ghāmidī; Makkī, al-Hidāya, 2/1248. Al-Thaʿlabī names al-Aʿmash; al-Ghāmidī classifies the form and adds its attribution to al-Ḥasan. ↩
-
Khālid b. ʿAlī al-Ghāmidī’s note in al-Thaʿlabī, al-Kashf wa-al-Bayān, 10/124, note 4. He calls the form shādhdh, not recited, and “closest to being an explanation from Saʿd”; he cites Saʿīd b. Manṣūr, al-Sunan, 3/1187, no. 592, and al-Ṭabarī, 4/287 in the edition he uses. ↩
-
Al-ʿUkbarī, al-Tibyān, 1/335. ↩
-
Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/17; Ibn ʿĀdil, al-Lubāb, 6/219; al-ʿUkbarī, al-Tibyān, 1/337. ↩
-
Al-Zajjāj, Maʿānī al-Qurʾān wa-Iʿrābuh, 2/25; al-Akhfash, Maʿānī al-Qurʾān, 1/250; al-Durra, Tafsīr al-Qurʾān al-Karīm wa-Iʿrābuh wa-Bayānuh, 2/390; al-Samīn, al-Durr al-Maṣūn, 3/609; Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/19, quoting Ibn Jinnī; al-Qāsimī, Maḥāsin al-Taʾwīl, 3/45, repeating that explanation; al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ, 5/77. ↩
-
Makkī, al-Hidāya ilā Bulūgh al-Nihāya, 2/1248; al-ʿUkbarī, al-Tibyān, 1/337; al-Samīn, al-Durr al-Maṣūn, 3/613. Al-Qurṭubī cites Ṭarafa’s بضة المتجرد as a parallel annexed expression. The editors Aḥmad al-Bardūnī and Ibrāhīm Aṭfīsh explain البضة as “fair and tender” and المتجرد as “her body uncovered by clothing”: al-Jāmiʿ li-Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 5/81, ed. Aḥmad al-Bardūnī and Ibrāhīm Aṭfīsh, note 3. ↩
-
Al-Thaʿlabī, al-Kashf wa-al-Bayān, 10/124; Abū al-Suʿūd, Irshād al-ʿAql al-Salīm, 2/152; al-Qurṭubī, al-Jāmiʿ, 5/77; al-Shawkānī, Fatḥ al-Qadīr, 1/500; Ibn ʿAṭiyya, al-Muḥarrar al-Wajīz, 2/19; al-Jaṣṣāṣ, Aḥkām al-Qurʾān, 3/20. Ibn ʿAṭiyya gives the maternal qualification as لأمه; al-Thaʿlabī gives من أم. Abū al-Suʿūd does not name Saʿd in this passage. ↩
-
Al-ʿUkbarī, al-Tibyān, 1/335. ↩
